AI assistant
SIMS LIMITED — Annual Report 2015
Oct 11, 2015
65780_rns_2015-10-11_7dc16cd6-3bdb-4fb0-a0d0-dbd44af27e2f.pdf
Annual Report
Open in viewerOpens in your device viewer
==> picture [114 x 42] intentionally omitted <==
Annual Report 2015
SIMS METAL MANAGEMENT LIMITED
The Leader in Metals and Electronics Recycling
Streamline
==> picture [572 x 240] intentionally omitted <==
Optimise
Grow
==> picture [89 x 15] intentionally omitted <==
----- Start of picture text -----
OPTIMISE CORE DRIVERS
OF PROFITABILITY
----- End of picture text -----
EXIT NON-STRATEGIC BUSINESSES FIXED COST REDUCTIONS
==> picture [70 x 70] intentionally omitted <==
==> picture [106 x 106] intentionally omitted <==
Streamline
Optimise
==> picture [596 x 241] intentionally omitted <==
CORE MARKET SHARE GROWTH ADAPTIVE MARKET POSITIONING ENGAGE IN MARKET ADJACENCIES
==> picture [70 x 70] intentionally omitted <==
Grow
==> picture [184 x 240] intentionally omitted <==
2
Financial Highlights
$263 m Underlying EBITDA[ 1] up 3.7%
$142 m Underlying EBIT[ 1] up 4.5%
$102 m Underlying NPAT[ 1] up 17.2%
$314 m Net cash up 642.1%
49.2¢ Underlying EPS[ 1 ] (Diluted) up 16.3%
29.0¢ Full year dividend up 190.0%
| Year Ended 30 June FY 2015 FY 2014 Change (A$ million) (restated) (%) Sales Revenue 6,310.9 7,021.2 (10.1) Statutory EBITDA 265.6 222.4 19.4 Underlying EBITDA1 262.5 253.1 3.7 Goodwill & Intangible Asset Impairment 0.0 (28.0) NMF Depreciation (106.1) (99.3) 6.8 Amortisation (14.7) (18.2) (19.2) Statutory EBIT 144.8 76.9 88.3 Underlying EBIT1 141.7 135.6 4.5 Net Interest Expense (7.8) (14.2) (45.1) Income Tax Expense (27.2) (46.4) (41.4) Statutory NPAT 109.9 (88.9) NMF Underlying NPAT1 101.5 86.6 17.2 Statutory EPS (cents per share) - Diluted 53.3 (43.5) NMF Underlying EPS (cents per share) - Diluted1 49.2 42.3 16.3 ~~Full Fiscal Year Dividend (cents per share)~~ ~~29.0~~ ~~10.0~~ ~~190.0~~ Total Assets 2,881.8 2,649.4 8.8 Total Liabilities 769.0 815.5 (5.7) Net Assets 2,112.8 1,833.9 15.2 Net Cash 313.9 42.3 642.1 Net Tangible Assets 1,883.6 1,618.1 16.4 ~~Net Tangible Assets per share (A$ per share)~~ ~~9.19~~ ~~7.91~~ ~~16.2~~ Net Cash Infow From Operating Activities 298.1 210.1 41.9 Capital Expenditures (95.3) (64.1) 48.7 ~~Free Cash Flow After Capital Expenditures~~ ~~202.8~~ ~~146.0~~ ~~38.9~~ Employees 5,429 6,011 (9.7) Intake Tonnes (‘000) 10,331 11,783 (12.3) Sales Tonnes (‘000) 10,481 11,815 (11.3) |
|
|---|---|
- Underlying earnings from continuing operations; excludes significant non-recurring items and earnings from discontinued businesses.
3
==> picture [482 x 763] intentionally omitted <==
----- Start of picture text -----
SALES REVENUE 9
BY BUSINESS (A$M)
Other
795
Global
E-Recycling
1,037
Europe Metals 3,417
North America Metals
1,053
SALES REVENUE Australia &
106
BY PRODUCT (A$M) New Zealand Metals
Secondary processing
and other services
795
Recycling solutions
1,342
Non-ferrous
secondary recycling
4,068
Ferrous secondary
recycling
SALES REVENUE (A$M) UNDERLYING EBITDA (A$M) UNDERLYING EBIT (A$M)
6,311
263
142
FY11 FY12 FY13 FY14 FY15 FY11 FY12 FY13 FY14 FY15 FY11 FY12 FY13 FY14 FY15
9,036
8,847 283
414
7,193
7,022
253 253
136
123
190
67
----- End of picture text -----
4
Chairman’s Review
“
Sims Metal Management is undergoing significant positive cultural change. A higher standard of transparency and accountability is being set and, increasingly, these high standards are being exceeded. Geoff Brunsdon ” Chairman
5
$142 m
Underlying EBIT has more than doubled from FY13 to FY15
$103 m
Gross margin and fixed cost improvements
==> picture [73 x 25] intentionally omitted <==
----- Start of picture text -----
29.0¢
----- End of picture text -----
Full year dividend for FY15
Dear Shareholders,
The 2015 financial year was a test for the resilience of the Company’s strategic initiatives. Falling commodity prices, poor winter weather conditions in North America, and weaker end-market demand, created significant challenges across the global metals recycling industry.
Notwithstanding these conditions, Sims Metal Management managed to materially improve full year financial performance. Underlying net profit after tax (NPAT) of $102 million, increased 17% over the prior year. The strong earnings growth in difficult conditions demonstrates that the Company’s strategic internal initiatives are adding considerable value. Through a disciplined approach to aspects of the business which can be controlled, the Company has been able to more than offset external pressures.
~~FIVE-YEAR STRATEGIC PLAN~~
FY15 marked the second year of the Company’s five-year strategic turnaround plan. The strategic roadmap to Streamline, Optimise, and Grow the business is progressing well. Over the first two years of the plan, underlying earnings before interest and tax (EBIT) has more than doubled, from $67 million in FY13, to $142 million in FY15. The Company, meanwhile, remains on track to more than double underlying EBIT again to $321 million, by the end of FY18.
Notably, the successes of the five-year plan have been delivered in the most difficult industry conditions in decades. The decline in commodity prices has seen contraction in the generation and collection of secondary metals, with lower volumes creating increased competition across metal recyclers for raw materials. Tough market conditions have necessitated greater operational discipline and an intensification of strategic initiatives.
During FY15, management completed a number of strategic initiatives in order to lower the Group’s fixed cost base and improve operating margin performance. This included the closure of underperforming e-recycling facilities in the UK and Canada, the roll-out of enhanced supply chain analytic systems, and investments in downstream non-ferrous recovery technology.
Internal initiatives led to $103 million in gross margin and fixed cost improvements across the metals recycling operations. In addition, a $44 million EBIT improvement across the global e-recycling business was achieved. These actions have materially improved the Company’s ability to manage near-term challenging conditions, as well as improving our ability to take profitable advantage of future volume improvement.
Sims Metal Management is undergoing significant positive cultural change. A higher standard of transparency and accountability for measurable results is being set and, increasingly, these high standards are being met or exceeded. This culture shift is moving the business from a reactive materials handler captive to commodity flows and business cycles, to a proactive, customer centric, supply chain manager with constant attention to margin enhancement.
As challenging as the Company’s five-year targets may seem, they are essential, and consistent with the Board’s view that, even at the bottom of the cycle, the Company must achieve a return equal to its cost of capital.
~~FINANCIAL RESULTS~~
Underlying EBIT of $142 million in FY15 was an improvement over the prior year result of $136 million, driven by the strength of European
Metals and a substantial earnings turnaround in the restructured Global E-Recycling business. The FY15 results represent a significant improvement since the start of the strategic review. Underlying earnings per share of 49 cents in FY15, was nearly six-fold higher than in FY13.
~~CAPITAL MANAGEMENT AND DIVIDEND~~
Strong operational cash flows and prudent capital management helped improve the Company’s net cash position to $314 million as of 30 June 2015. Capital expenditure in FY15 increased to a sustainable $95 million, up from $64 million in the prior year. These funds were directed towards a number of attractive value accretive projects across the business, including the stage one metal shredder expansion at Kwinana, Western Australia, and the establishment of an e-recycling facility in Norway. While capital expenditure is expected to grow as new projects are initiated in line with our strategic plan, a judicious and disciplined approach to capital allocation will continue.
The Board has determined to pay a final dividend for FY15 of 13.0 cents per share, which will be fully franked, on 21 October 2015 to shareholders on the Company’s register at the record date of 7 October 2015. The Company’s dividend policy to distribute 45% to 55% of NPAT, subject to the discretion of the Board, remains unchanged.
~~SUSTAINABILITY AND CORPORATE RESPONSIBILITY~~
Sims Metal Management understands, and strongly supports measures to address, the social and environmental issues it faces, both locally and globally. In FY15, the Board signed a letter of commitment to provide unconditional support to management to develop a world class platform for Safety, Health, Environment, Community and Sustainability (SHECS). We believe that excellence in these areas is vital to the wellbeing of our people and essential to the sustainable growth of our global business.
As directors, we are committed to being respected and responsible corporate citizens, working constructively with our communities and other stakeholders in the honest and ethical conduct of our business. Through our personal actions and leadership, Sims Metal Management is dedicated to being a company in which our employees are proud to work and shareholders can be proud to invest, as we create sustained growth and profitability.
~~THANK YOU~~
As the Company nears the midway point of its five-year strategic plan, the Board is encouraged by what has been accomplished thus far. On behalf of the Board, I thank all Sims Metal Management’s employees for their contribution to the improved results of the Company under the leadership of Galdino Claro and his executive leadership team.
On behalf of myself and my fellow directors, I would like to thank you for your continued support as shareholders in the Company and invite you to attend our AGM, this year to be held in Perth, to coincide with the opening of our new world class Kwinana facility, on Thursday 12 November 2015.
==> picture [174 x 47] intentionally omitted <==
Geoff Brunsdon
Chairman
6
CEO’s Review
Dear Shareholders,
In a year that presented extreme challenges to the recycling industry, at Sims Metal Management there was much to be proud of.
We made meaningful progress implementing the internal initiatives of our five-year strategic plan. These initiatives have translated into tangible earnings results. In FY15, while many across the metals and electronics industry suffered due to falling volumes, commodity prices, and high competition; Sims Metal Management was able to grow earnings, increase dividends paid to shareholders, and build a strong balance sheet for future growth.
There still is more work to be done. Where challenges existed, we have identified solutions to resolve them. We see significant room to improve return on capital across the Company’s global footprint of over 200 facilities, in 20 countries, and are moving quickly to implement.
~~BUILDING ON OUR STRATEGIC INITIATIVES~~
We remain dedicated to our goal to achieve greater than cost of capital returns, regardless of economic conditions. During FY15 we intensified our strategic initiatives to streamline underperforming businesses, lower procurement costs of raw materials, and improve efficiencies across our operating platform.
Actions undertaken in FY15 included the closure of underperforming and non-strategic e-recycling facilities in the UK and Canada, which was accomplished on time and on budget. We also completed the streamlining of the North America Metals management structure from seven operating regions into three, resulting in reduced overhead costs and improved communication flow across the businesses.
Within our Optimise initiatives, we completed the roll-out of a new supplier analysis platform in North America which gives greater insights into the profitability of raw material purchases closer to real-time. The new system also enabled better-quality communication between our internal commercial buying and selling teams, providing improved inventory management while reducing exposure to commodity price risks.
As we near the half-way point of our five-year plan, we continue to see new ways to further enhance the business. Facilitated by our Group Project Management Office, and with executive level sponsorship and oversight at the highest levels, we are rapidly deploying our internal initiatives across the Group.
~~SUCCESSFUL TURNAROUND OF GLOBAL E-RECYCLING~~
FY15 marked a significant turnaround in the profitability of the Global E-Recycling business. Following the closure of operations in the UK and Canada, the US business is successfully reorienting itself towards a services and asset management model, while the EU retains a strong base in commodity recovery. Combined, this has transformed the business from a negative contributor, to one of the most profitable businesses in our portfolio. In addition, the E-Recycling business is becoming an engine of technological innovation across the group which all operations can leverage.
~~MANAGEMENT TEAM~~
In July 2015 we announced the appointment of Alistair Field as Managing Director of Australia & New Zealand Metals (ANZ Metals). Alistair is a highly experienced executive with a proven track record of leadership and we are excited to have him join our executive leadership team.
Mr Field replaces Darron McGree, who, after a long and distinguished career, leaves ANZ Metals in a sound position. We are indebted for the foresight Darron has shown in building the business to its pre-eminent position in the region. Also leaving us after successful tenures with the Company were Bob Kelman, most recently our Managing Director of Europe Metals, and Michael Lion, former head of the Company’s global non-ferrous trading operations in Hong Kong. I would like to thank each of Darron, Bob and Michael for their contributions and wish them the very best for the future.
~~OUR CULTURE AND CORE VALUES DRIVE SUCCESS~~
The true driver of the success of our five-year plan lies in the renewed culture we are creating, built around our core values of Safety, Integrity, Respect, Transparency, Excellence, and Social Responsibility. Our culture and core values are what bind us together, across regions and responsibilities, and helps drive us toward the ambitious goals of our five-year plan. These core values determine who we are as a company and are the foundation of everything we do; they set the standard for the way we interact with employees, customers, communities and all stakeholders.
Safety is our foundation and without it there can be no success. Our goal is to be the safest company in the world. We think about safety in every action we take. All our employees know it is their duty to their co-workers, visitors and families to be safe, and together we are committed to providing a zero-harm workplace. My executive leadership team and I conducted Town Hall meetings to communicate directly to our employees the importance of our culture and core values, and to drive home the message of “Safety First.” We are proud of our safety results in FY15 with the Group LTIFR down 30% from FY14, however there is more to do and we will continue to strive for further improvement in the year ahead.
Integrity and Respect. At Sims Metal Management we are committed to acting with integrity in everything we do. We believe it is important that every employee is able to go home every day and be proud of his or her actions. We are also committed to respecting each other and a diverse workforce, including the respect for differing opinions.
Transparency and Excellence. Employees throughout our organisation have championed a culture of transparency and excellence that openly shares information and drives best practices across our businesses. This has enabled us to accelerate the sharing of best practices and leverage some of our best talent and ideas across the Company. In FY15, our Project Management Office has coordinated more than four hundred individual new improvement initiatives in every area of our operations.
Social Responsibility. The Company’s commitment to social responsibility and sustainability starts at the top. During the past year, our Board took the unique and powerful step of personally signing a Board of Directors’ Commitment to Safety, Health, Environment, Community and Sustainability (SHECS). It is excellence on these foundations that is critical to the welfare of our people and essential to the long-term growth of our business.
I am pleased that, from the executive offices to the individual yards, we have created a culture and core values that I have seen being demonstrated every day, and of which I am proud.
$263 m Underlying EBITDA up 4%
7
$142 m
Underlying EBIT up 5%
$102 m
Underlying NPAT up 17%
“
During FY15 we intensified our strategic initiatives to streamline underperforming businesses, lower procurement costs of raw materials, and improve efficiencies across our operating platform. Galdino Claro ”
Group CEO and Managing Director
~~OUTLOOK~~
We are pleased with the progress achieved in FY15. However, external market conditions for metals recycling remain as difficult as experienced in many years. Slowing internal demand in China has pushed exported steel into the markets of many of our traditional customers, reducing both ferrous scrap demand and prices. Lower ferrous scrap prices have diminished the economic appeal for collection of more marginal material by our suppliers. In turn, we have witnessed a deterioration in intake volumes, particularly in North America where the level of competition amongst metals recyclers remains high.
In order to ensure our fixed cost base and operational footprint is correctly matched to the challenging external market conditions, we are accelerating the speed of implementation of our Optimisation strategy and initiating a new group of Streamline initiatives to be executed during the current fiscal year. We expect to see further benefits of our Optimisation and Streamline actions across our global footprint in the years ahead.
On behalf of myself, and my executive leadership team, I thank you for your continued support as shareholders in the Company.
==> picture [127 x 58] intentionally omitted <==
Galdino Claro
Group CEO and Managing Director
8
Five-year Strategic Plan
Streamline Optimise
==> picture [57 x 57] intentionally omitted <==
We have exited from non-strategic businesses and are reducing overhead costs to allow management to focus on better performing and higher growth operations.
Supplier Relationships
Closure of e-recycling operations in UK & Canada.
Closure of downtown Chicago corporate office.
Restructure & reduction of regional overhead costs in North America Metals.
We are optimising our core drivers of profitability across our global operational footprint of over 240 facilities.
Logistics
Operational Excellence
==> picture [35 x 35] intentionally omitted <==
Aligning operating costs to better match market activity.
Product Quality & Service
~~RESULTS SO FAR ON TRACK~~
| 350 | UnderlyingEBIT(A$m) | |||
|---|---|---|---|---|
| 300 | ||||
| 250 | ||||
| 200 | 5.3% | 5.5% | ||
| 150 | 2.3% | |||
| 100 | ~~136~~ | ~~142~~ | ||
| 50 | ||||
| 0 | 67 | |||
| FY13 | FY14 | FY151 | FY16 |
- Underlying earnings from continuing operations; excludes significant non-recurring items and earnings from discontinued businesses.
9
The five-year strategic plan objective is to deliver above cost of capital returns even at bottom of the cycle conditions. This is expected to increase underlying EBIT by more than 350% over FY13, through internal initiatives alone. The plan is based on three pillars, to first Streamline the operations to a lower and more flexible cost base, then Optimise the business based on the core drivers of profitability, and finally Grow through reinvestment into the Group’s most attractive operations.
Grow
==> picture [57 x 57] intentionally omitted <==
-
Buy the right quality for the right price
-
Reinforce feeder yard networks
-
Strengthen supplier relationships
We have stabilised the core business and are now setting the stage for growth through Market Share Gain, adaptive Market Positioning to capitalise on future growth, and investigating Market Adjacencies where competitive strengths can be leveraged.
-
Optimise transport capabilities
-
Minimise freight & handling costs
-
Leverage export capacity
-
Increase processing yields
-
Drive continuous improvement
-
Focus on talent development
-
Share best practices
==> picture [189 x 125] intentionally omitted <==
----- Start of picture text -----
Market
Adjacencies
Market
Position
Share
Gain
----- End of picture text -----
-
Develop value added products and services
-
Lead on product quality
-
Leverage global network to reach new markets
==> picture [551 x 116] intentionally omitted <==
----- Start of picture text -----
12%
321 Return on Capital > 11% 10%
8%
6%
4%
2%
0%
----- End of picture text -----
FY17
FY18 TARGET
==> picture [596 x 842] intentionally omitted <==
----- Start of picture text -----
Global
Operations
40+
10
Metals Recycling
facilties across
120+ the UK
Metals Recycling
facilties across
North America
23% 13% 12% 6% 5%
U.S. China Turkey Australia U.K.
External sales External sales External sales External sales External sales
SIMS METAL MANAGEMENT LIMITED
----- End of picture text -----
11
==> picture [319 x 51] intentionally omitted <==
----- Start of picture text -----
10.5 million 240 + facilities
tonnes of secondary across 20 countries
metals sales annually
----- End of picture text -----
==> picture [149 x 50] intentionally omitted <==
----- Start of picture text -----
480 thousand
tonnes of electronics
recycled annually
----- End of picture text -----
==> picture [75 x 125] intentionally omitted <==
==> picture [63 x 128] intentionally omitted <==
==> picture [47 x 53] intentionally omitted <==
==> picture [78 x 53] intentionally omitted <==
==> picture [355 x 344] intentionally omitted <==
----- Start of picture text -----
33
Electronics
Recycling facilties
across sixteen
countries
50+
Metals Recycling
facilties across
Australasia
----- End of picture text -----
==> picture [41 x 48] intentionally omitted <==
North America
METALS RECYCLING
12
North America Metals is the largest business segment within the Sims Metal Management portfolio operating over 120 wholly-owned and joint venture facilities across the United States and Canada, with over 2,100 employees. In FY15, North America Metals accounted for 54% of the Company’s total sales revenue, with sales of over 7 million tonnes of ferrous and non-ferrous secondary metal to domestic and export customers.
~~EXTERNAL OPERATING ENVIRONMENT~~
~~STRATEGIC PROCESS~~
During FY15 the Company executed on a number of strategic initiatives. This included streamlining the management structure of the North America Metals business from seven operating regions into three (West, Central, and East). The streamline actions resulted in a reduction of regional overhead costs and improved communication across the businesses with the President of each region reporting directly into the Group CEO.
A combination of falling commodity prices, abnormally-severe winter weather, and weaker end-market demand, placed downward pressure on secondary metal intake volumes across North America in FY15. Steel scrap collection in the United States declined a further 4% during FY15. Export volumes declined by an even greater 10%, as consumption by domestic steel mills led to lower volumes available for export.
More broadly, the underlying drivers for US scrap metal generation are positive. New light vehicle sales are near 10 year highs, GDP continues to expand, and there are early indications wage growth is beginning to improve. In time, this should lead to higher supply from obsolete consumer material. As well, construction spending across residential and non-residential segment is growing, supporting increased volumes from building and demolition activity.
North America Metals also implemented a series of Optimisation initiatives. This included the roll-out of a new supplier analysis platform, giving the Company closer to real-time insight into the profitability of raw material purchases. The new system has also facilitated increased communication between internal commercial buying and selling teams, enabling the facilities to reduce inventories held and minimise exposure to commodity price volatility.
~~PERFORMANCE~~
~~OUTLOOK~~
Sales revenue for North America Metals of $3,417 million was down 14% on FY14. Lower revenues was due to lower commodity prices which fell across both ferrous and non-ferrous secondary metals, as well as a 14% decline in sales volumes, in part due to poor winter weather.
Competition for raw material in North America remains high across the metals recycling industry. The generation of scrap metal from post-consumer products and other sources continues to be low relative to demand and installed processing capacity. Competitive pressure is most intense within the Central region of North America Metals.
Underlying EBITDA of $81 million increased 8% on FY14, primarily due to improved gross margins due to internal strategic initiatives, which more than offset the impact of lower sales volumes. Underlying EBIT of $12 million improved by 1% on FY14. The improvement in earnings was strongest in the East and West regions of North America, which was offset by continuing difficult markets in the Central region. Combined EBIT for the East and West regions was $16 million higher in FY15 than the prior year due to gains made from internal optimisation projects undertaken during the year. This was counterbalanced by challenges faced in the Central region which experienced significant competition and price pressure for raw materials from domestic steel mills.
In July 2015, the Company moved to address the challenges in the Central region by temporarily idling the Memphis, Tennessee shredder. Material for shredding purchased at the site is being barged to the Company’s nearby shredder in Greenville, Mississippi. This, with other related streamline actions, are expected to reduce operating costs for the Central region. These actions will improve the profitability of the region, but are not expected to be sufficient to return the region to acceptable levels. The Company will continue to explore actions to improve profitability, including asset redeployment and partnerships with steel making companies to improve the market dynamics in the region.
13 Jersey City, New Jersey: Baled ferrous secondary metal, compacted for sale and ready to be transported to a domestic US steel mill.
$3,417 m Sales revenue down 14%
$81 m Underlying EBITDA up 8%
$12 m Underlying EBIT up 1%
==> picture [106 x 10] intentionally omitted <==
----- Start of picture text -----
SALES REVENUE (A$M)
----- End of picture text -----
==> picture [148 x 151] intentionally omitted <==
54% of Group sales revenue
==> picture [188 x 128] intentionally omitted <==
Long Island City, New York: Ferrous secondary metal material ready to be barged to the Company’s nearby Claremont Terminal facility for export.
==> picture [384 x 283] intentionally omitted <==
Providence, Rhode Island: Heavy Melting Steel (HMS) being loaded onto a bulk carrier at the Company’s deep water dock in Providence Habour.
Europe
METALS RECYCLING
14
Europe Metals is one of the leading metals recycler in the UK operating over 40 wholly-owned facilities across the United Kingdom. In FY15, Europe Metals accounted for 16% of the Company’s total sales revenue, with sales of roughly 1.6 million tonnes of ferrous and non-ferrous secondary metals to domestic and export customers.
~~EXTERNAL OPERATING ENVIRONMENT~~
~~STRATEGIC PROCESS~~
Economic growth in the UK continues to improve. GDP growth of 2.6% in 2014 was the strongest since the financial crisis and the best amongst all G7 economies. New car sales hit a 10 year high in 2014 at 2.5 million vehicles, a 9% improvement over the prior year. Consumer confidence has also rebounded to levels last witnessed in the mid-2000s, with wage growth now starting to return.
Europe Metals implemented a number of strategic initiatives during FY15. These initiatives included working on supplier relationships to improve the quality of raw material purchases. These actions, including tighter intake controls, have led to more efficient processing throughput and increased metallic yields. Europe Metals has also driven a number of new global initiatives across transport, waste reduction, and non-ferrous recovery.
However, the UK economic recovery has been heavily weighted to the service sector and the city of London. By comparison, economic recovery in the west and north of the country still lags pre-crisis levels. UK manufacturing production output as well has begun to slow, creating a drag on secondary metal intake levels for the metals recycling industry.
Europe Metals’ management has also taken a leading role in directing the global improvement efforts. Managing Director for Europe Metals, Paul Wright, is responsible for the executive sponsorship of the global Supplier Relationships initiatives and has been a key promoter for some of the improvements now being implemented globally through the Group’s Project Management Office. Additionally, Peter Bird, Operations Director for Europe Metals, is responsible for the executive sponsorship of the Operational Excellence initiatives.
~~PERFORMANCE~~
Sales revenue for Europe Metals of $1,037 million was down 3% on FY14. Lower revenues were due to weaker prices for ferrous and non-ferrous metals, as well as a 3% decline in sales volumes. These impacts were partially offset by a favourable translation of local Pound Sterling revenues into Australian dollars.
In the year ahead, Europe Metals will be implementing further metal recovery technologies and enhancements which are expected to deliver additional benefits in FY16.
Underlying EBITDA of $37 million increased by 27% on FY14. Underlying EBIT of $25 million was an even greater 49% improvement on FY14. Stronger earnings were driven by higher gross margins and lower operating expenses. Positive gross margin expansion was boosted by improved metallic yields across the region’s three metal shredders and tighter controls over intake quality. Reduced operating costs benefited from better management of freight and raw material purchasing as well as the early adoption of internal initiatives.
~~OUTLOOK~~
In September 2015, Paul Wright, formerly Commercial Director for Europe Metals, was promoted to the position of Managing Director – Europe Metals. Mr Wright has been a key member of the Sims Metal Management team since 1986, holding a number of senior positions over the years and has extensive industry experience spanning nearly 30 years. He has been instrumental in managing the recovery of Europe Metals along with Peter Bird and will now lead the next stage of optimisation and growth for our UK-based metals recycling operations.
15
$1,037 m Sales revenue down 3%
$37 m Underlying EBITDA up 27%
$25 m Underlying EBIT up 49%
==> picture [151 x 108] intentionally omitted <==
----- Start of picture text -----
SALES REVENUE (A$M)
----- End of picture text -----
==> picture [187 x 203] intentionally omitted <==
16% of Group sales revenue
==> picture [517 x 278] intentionally omitted <==
Peterborough, UK: Roll-off vehicle carrying a container of material collected from industrial suppliers.
==> picture [277 x 202] intentionally omitted <==
Avonmouth, UK: Crushed end-of-life vehicles ready to be processed at the Company’s shredder in South West England.
==> picture [146 x 202] intentionally omitted <==
Newport, UK: Stationary shear processing ferrous metal (foreground). Overhead gantry crane loading material for export (background).
Australia and New Zealand
METALS RECYCLING
16
Australia and New Zealand Metals (ANZ Metals) is the leading metal recycler in Australasia operating over 50 wholly-owned and joint venture facilities across Australia, New Zealand, and Papua New Guinea with over 800 employees in total. In FY15, ANZ Metals accounted for 17% of the Company’s total sales revenue, with sales of roughly 1.9 million tonnes of ferrous and non-ferrous secondary metal to domestic and export customers.
~~EXTERNAL OPERATING ENVIRONMENT~~
~~STRATEGIC PROCESS~~
ANZ Metals completed several Optimisation and Growth actions during the year, most notably the stage one construction of a new mid-size shredder and yard facility in Kwinana, Western Australia. The new facility, which employs the most up-to-date processing technology available, will replace an older shredding facility in nearby Spearwood. The transition to the new Kwinana facility is expected to meaningfully increase the processing efficiency of the Western Australia operations with lower operating costs. In addition, the business made two small acquisitions which are expected to add accretive value to the Australian operating footprint.
Following a decade of robust economic growth, driven by strong commodity prices and demand, the economic outlook in Australia has weakened. The sharp decline in iron ore, coal, and other commodity prices has placed many expansion projects on hold, as well as leading to the closure of some mines. As a result, GDP growth has begun to slow, with consumer spending and new residential construction only slightly offsetting the decline. This negatively impacted the flow of intake volumes for ANZ Metals during FY15.
To provide stimulus to the economy, the Reserve Bank of Australia has cut interest rates to record low levels. As a result of low interest rates and slumping mineral exports, the Australian dollar has weakened materially against the US dollar and other major currencies. This has provided some relief across the manufacturing and mining sectors, helping to partially abate the decline in activity.
~~OUTLOOK~~
The underlying health of the ANZ Metals business continues to be robust, notwithstanding the challenges faced in FY15. Looking ahead the business will continue to build on gains from recent internal initiatives with new projects to be delivered in FY16. These include the roll-out of the supplier analysis platform recently established within North America Metals, as well as the initiation of stage two of the Western Australia expansion. The stage two expansion will see the construction of an advanced off-line non-ferrous metal separation plant to complement the recently completed shredder in Kwinana. Once complete, the non-ferrous separation plant is expected to significantly improve metal yields and reduce waste disposal fees.
~~PERFORMANCE~~
Sales revenue for ANZ Metals of $1,053 million was down 11% on FY14. Lower revenues were due to a decline in prices for ferrous and non-ferrous metals, as well as a 9% decline in sales volumes, which in part related to lower commodity prices negatively impacting the inbound flow of material from more geographically remote areas.
Underlying EBITDA of $87 million declined by 19% on FY14. Underlying EBIT of $59 million was 25% lower on FY14. The reduced earnings related primarily to lower sales volumes and gross margin compression. Legacy raw material purchase agreements with a lagging price feature caused gross margins to narrow in the sharply declining price environment experienced through much of FY15. As commodity prices and market conditions stabilised during the fourth quarter of the fiscal year, earnings showed meaningful improvement.
In July 2015, the Company announced the appointment of Alistair Field to replace Darron McGree as Managing Director of ANZ Metals. Mr Field has more than 25 years of experience in the mining and manufacturing industries. He has held a number of senior leadership positions, including most recently as Director of Patrick Terminals & Logistics Division for Asciano Limited, and previously as Chief Operating Officer for Rio Tinto Alcan’s Bauxite and Alumina Division. Mr McGree will remain in an advisory role until the end of FY16.
==> picture [35 x 842] intentionally omitted <==
----- Start of picture text -----
17
OPERATIONAL & FINANCIAL REVIEW
SIMS METAL MANAGEMENT LIMITED
----- End of picture text -----
==> picture [106 x 10] intentionally omitted <==
----- Start of picture text -----
SALES REVENUE (A$M)
----- End of picture text -----
$1,053 m Sales revenue down 11%
$87 m Underlying EBITDA down 19%
$59 m Underlying EBIT down 25%
17% of Group sales revenue
==> picture [517 x 351] intentionally omitted <==
==> picture [166 x 128] intentionally omitted <==
==> picture [166 x 128] intentionally omitted <==
Kwinana, Western Australia: Newly installed mid-sized metal shredder (expansion box, cyclone and draft fan featured in the centre of the photo).
St Marys, New South Wales: End-of-life vehicles and other material being loaded for shredding.
Baled aluminium cans prepared for shipment to a secondary smelter.
Global E-Recycling
ELECTRONICS REUSE AND RECYCLING
18
Global E-Recycling, which operates under the name Sims Recycling Solutions (SRS), is a global leader in electronics reuse and recycling with operations across 16 countries. SRS provides disposition services for all types of retired electronic equipment to local, national and global customers in every business sector including data centers, healthcare, and financial services. In FY15, the business accounted for 13% of the Company’s total sales revenue.
~~EXTERNAL OPERATING ENVIRONMENT~~
~~STRATEGIC PROCESS~~
During FY15, the Company completed the closure of non-core and underperforming facilities in the UK and Canada. These closures were completed on time and within budget during the second half of the fiscal year. These streamlining initiatives had a significant positive impact on earnings, reducing losses from discontinued businesses by $11 million over the prior year.
Electronic scrap generation continues to increase dramatically according to a UN Report published in April 2015. The report estimates 41.8 million tonnes of end-of-life electronics (e-waste) were generated globally in 2014. The e-waste generated in 2014 contained an estimated 16.5 million tonnes of iron, 1.9 million tonnes of copper, and 300 tonnes of gold (equal to 11% of the world’s total 2013 gold production), as well as silver, aluminium, palladium, plastic and other resources with a combined estimated value of US$52 billion. Yet only a small portion was collected for recycling or reuse in an environmentally sound manner. In total, less than one-sixth is estimated to have been properly recycled or made available for reuse, according to the report’s authors.
Following the business restructuring, the e-recycling business is focused on further optimisation of the commodity recycling business in Europe and has initiated a transition towards a higher margin, services and asset management based model for global clients. Transforming the business from a negative contributor, to one of the most profitable businesses in the Sims Metal Management portfolio.
Generation of e-scrap is expected to increase given the continued growth of electronic components in all manner of consumer items. However, the economics of recycling such material remains dependent on the effectiveness of government-based collection and recycling programs, as well as the commodity prices of embedded material.
~~OUTLOOK~~
The growth outlook for the Global E-recycling industry remains attractive. The importance of data and intellectual property security, and ethical IT disposition services, continues to grow. Near-term, lower commodity prices for copper and precious metals presents headwinds. However, operating performance for Global E-Recycling is expected to continue to improve as optimisation initiatives take hold and the business transitions in the US and for global clients, to a higher value added, and higher margin, service based model.
~~PERFORMANCE~~
Sales revenue from continuing operations for Global E-Recycling of $795 million was up 5% on FY14. The increase in sales revenue was primarily due to higher sales in Continental Europe, partially offset by lower sales in the US.
Underlying EBITDA from continuing operations of $55 million increased by 79% on FY14. Underlying EBIT of $44 million improved by 157% from $17 million in FY14. The improvement was primarily due to higher metal margins in Continental Europe and lower operating expenses in the US. The improvement in operating income was most notable from E-Recycling businesses in Continental Europe.
19
==> picture [136 x 153] intentionally omitted <==
----- Start of picture text -----
SALES REVENUE (A$M)
----- End of picture text -----
$795 m Sales revenue up 5%
$55 m Underlying EBITDA up 79%
$44 m
13% of Group sales revenue
Underlying EBIT up 157%
==> picture [321 x 487] intentionally omitted <==
16 countries of operation worldwide
==> picture [86 x 66] intentionally omitted <==
==> picture [188 x 127] intentionally omitted <==
Elkridge, Maryland: Sims Recycling Solutions truck providing on-site digital data destruction services for corporate clients.
==> picture [188 x 129] intentionally omitted <==
Brooklyn, New York: NYC SAFE Disposal community event collecting end-of-life waste electronics and electrical equipment for ethical reuse and recycling.
==> picture [188 x 128] intentionally omitted <==
Chicago, Illinois: IT assets undergoing secure data destruction, refurbishment, and testing for remarketing or redeployment.
Roseville, California: Sims Recycling Solutions employee sorting end-of-life computer circuit boards and hard drives.
20
Metals Recycling
Sims Metal Management operates a global network of collection yards and processing facilities, sourcing end-of-life secondary metals across a wide variety of suppliers. These metals are then processed through various methods to separate, sort, and size this material into saleable commodities to be recycled for reuse in new metallic goods. Our global network of facilities process over 10 million tonnes of metal annually with sales to customers in nearly 70 countries.
~~FERROUS PROCESSING~~
Ferrous material is often processed by shearing, baling, or shredding. Larger pieces of ferrous material is sheared by hydraulic machinery, cutting the metals into more manageable sizes. Post-industrial material, such as factory stampings and clippings, are often compacted and baled into large blocks. Mixed material, like automobiles and appliances, containing both ferrous, non-ferrous, and other material, is shredded. Shredders use large rotating hammers to break up material, then magnetic drums extract iron and steel, while electrical currents and high-pressure air flows separate non-ferrous from other material.
==> picture [81 x 113] intentionally omitted <==
~~FERROUS~~
STEEL
Sales to Steel Mills Export and Domestic.
~~INCOMING~~
21
POST INDUSTRIAL METALS
Factory stampings, clippings, turnings and borings.
~~WEIGH, INSPECT, SORT~~
Incoming material weighed, inspected for quality and impurities, then sorted by material grade and processing method.
~~NON-FERROUS PROCESSING~~
Non-ferrous material is further sorted by type and quality. Larger pieces of non-ferrous material are sheared by hydraulic machinery, cutting the metals into more manageable sizes. Sorted and separated material is then compacted and baled into large blocks to facilitate handling and transportation.
OBSOLETE GOODS
Vehicles, appliances, construction & demolition railroads, steel cans.
~~NON-FERROUS~~
COPPER, ALUMINIUM, ZINC, LEAD, NICKEL Sales to smelters export and domestic.
Key
Ferrous Metals
Non-Ferrous Metals
Weighing
Inspection
Sorting
~~RECOVERY~~
NON-FERROUS RECOVERY
Non-Ferrous material separated by the shredding process includes aluminium, copper, and stainless steel. This material is sold as a mixed non-ferrous product called zorba and zurik.
Shearing
Shredding
Baling
22
Retiring Electronic Devices
When properly retiring end-of-life electronic equipment, two choices are available: reuse or recycling. Sims Recycling Solutions’ services encompass both ends of the spectrum, from identifying the value of electronic equipment for reuse, to saving material from going to landfill by shredding and separating its commodity value. Sims Recycling Solutions’ facilities ensure electronic devices and the data residing on them are managed in a secure and environmentally responsible manner.
~~SECURE TRANSPORT~~
Security requirements are in place for handling, warehousing and transportation of goods to protect customer assets and reputation.
~~RECEIVING~~
Upon arrival, electronics are weighed, verified, entered in a tracking system and tested for reuse, resale or recycling.
~~FOCUS MATERIALS~~
Focus materials such as batteries, mercury-containing devices, CRT glass, toner, etc. are removed for proper end-of-life recycling.
~~REJECTED ITEMS~~
Items failing the quality inspection are processed for end-of-life recycling.
~~SHREDDING~~
Non-resalable electronics are shredded to produce raw materials that can later be used to make new products.
23
~~COLLECTION~~
IT and electronic equipment is packed and palletized to prepare for secure transportation to the nearest facility for further processing.
~~DATA DESTRUCTION AND ASSET DISPOSITION~~
Data is erased by using one of the following methods: clearing, purging or physical destruction.
~~INSPECTIONS~~
All units are tested prior to being resold back into the market for quality assurance. Items that cannot be reused will be processed for end-of-life recycling.
~~CERTIFICATES & REPORTS~~
Clients receive certificates of destruction and recycling following material processing. Additional reporting and certificate documents are created as needed based on scope of work.
~~REMARKET OR REDEPLOYMENT~~
Refurbished electronics are either resold back into the market, or reallocated within the Company for use within a different department.
~~SORTING~~
Shredded items are separated into commodities such as plastic, copper, glass and aluminum. Commodities of value are sent to downstream recyclers for reuse.
Key
Asset Management
Destruction
Inspection
Data destruction
Certificate/Report
Shredding
~~COMMODITY SALES~~
Refined commodities are sold to manufacturers to be made into new products.
Sorting
Focus material
24
Sustainability
“
Safety, Health, Environment, Community and Sustainability (SHECS) is at the core of who we are and what we do… By doing these things well, we will earn the respect and trust of our stakeholders and create sustained growth and profitability. We have an important role to play in an increasingly resource-constrained world, since our core business is to convert waste from our suppliers into materials used in tomorrow’s products. ”
role to play in an increasingly resource-constrained world, si convert waste from our suppliers into materials used in tomo |
nce our core business is to rrow’s products. ” |
nce our core business is to rrow’s products. ” |
|
|---|---|---|---|
| ~~SUSTAINABILITY METRICS~~ | |||
| Key Parameter Metric Region |
FY15 | Percent FY14 Change |
|
| EnergyUse GJ North America |
1,326,067 | 1,453,531 (9) |
|
| Europe | 416,619 | 439,702 (5) |
|
| Asia Pacifc | 598,611 | 594,666 1 |
|
| Group Total | 2,341,297 | 2,487,899 (6) |
|
| C02Emissions tCO2e North America |
119,306 | 129,310 (8) |
|
| Europe | 37,270 | 40,595 (8) |
|
| Asia Pacifc | 69,472 | 73,116 (5) |
|
| Group Total | 226,048 | 243,021 (7) |
|
| Scope 1 | 105,213 | 106,935 (2) |
|
| Scope 2 | 120,835 | 136,086 (11) |
|
| Water Consumption Mega Litres North America |
357 | 401 (11) |
|
| Europe | 192 | 238 (20) |
|
| Asia Pacifc | 70 | 94 (26) |
|
| Group Total | 619 | 733 (16) |
|
| Waste Generation Tonnes North America |
774,314 | 746,587 4 |
|
| Europe | 286,541 | 373,905 (23) |
|
| Asia Pacifc | 282,236 | 285,196 (1) |
|
| Group Total | 1,343,091 | 1,405,688 (4) |
|
| Key OH&S Indicators (incidents x 1,000,000 / exposed hours) GroupLTIFR |
1.9 | 2.7 (30) |
|
| GroupMTIFR | 9.3 | 11.0 (15) |
|
| Number of Employees Male |
4,413 | 4,903 (10) |
|
| Female | 1,016 | 1,108 (8) |
|
| Group Total | 5,429 | 6,011 (10) |
|
| Training Total Hours Group (Corporate) |
150,512 150,850 – |
25
==> picture [36 x 34] intentionally omitted <==
Board of Directors’ Commitment to Safety, Health, Environment, Community and Sustainability (SHECS) signed in FY15.
==> picture [39 x 40] intentionally omitted <==
2020
Global sustainability team is in the process of launching a series of “2020” Sustainability Goals.
==> picture [40 x 40] intentionally omitted <==
SHECS integrated into the Group Project Management Office.
10 YEARS 8 YEARS Participation in the Carbon Disclosure Project (CDP) Participation in the Dow Jones disclosure program and 5 years Sustainability Index. in the CDP’s water program.
0 BREACHES Continued environmental excellence with no material breaches across the Group in FY15.
Improved gender balance as Company continues to pursue its objective of greater workplace diversity.
LTIFR 30% Sustained improvement trend with Group LTIFR down by 30%.
MTIFR 15% Sustained improvement trend with Group MTIFR down by 15%.
==> picture [39 x 31] intentionally omitted <==
Embracing “circular economy” principles in our growth strategy.
150,000+ More than 150,000 man hours of training delivered during FY15 was safety related.
TOP 120 Listed in NYSE/Euronext Index & Vigeo as a top 120 global firm for corporate responsibility for the 3rd year in a row.
6%
Energy use fell across the Group to 2,341,297 GJ, down 6 percent from FY14.
58% 34% 6% 2% Diesel Electricity Gas LPG and Petrol
CO 7% 2 The Group CO2 emissions for FY15 were 226,048 tonnes, an overall reduction of 7%.
16% Global water consumption was 618.5ML, reduced from FY14 in all regions, and at Group level by 16%.
4% 1,343,091 tonnes of waste in FY15, down by 4% compared to FY14.
15%[>] 10 YEARS More than 15% of our people have been with the Company for more than 10 years.
10%[>] 20 YEARS More than 10% of our people have been with the Company for more than 20 years.
==> picture [39 x 39] intentionally omitted <==
INDUSTRY LEADERS
The Company’s expertise on recycling and resource efficiency is keenly sought by governments, industry, educational facilities and environmental advocacy groups.
26
6%
Energy use across the Group down 6% from FY14 to 2,341,297 GJ
7%
CO2 emissions for FY15 226,048 tonnes, down 7% from FY14
618.5ML
Global water consumption in FY15 was 618.5ML, down 16% from FY14
~~GOVERNANCE AND LEADERSHIP~~
The Company’s commitment to sustainability starts at the top. During the past year, the Board took the unique and powerful step to personally sign a Board of Directors’ Commitment to Safety, Health, Environment, Community and Sustainability (SHECS). This commitment states, in part, that “SHECS is at the core of who we are and what we do... By doing these things well, we will earn the respect and trust of our stakeholders and create sustained growth and profitability. We have an important role to play in an increasingly resource-constrained world, since our core business is to convert waste from our suppliers into materials used in tomorrow’s products.” The Group CEO and members of the executive leadership team held Town Hall meetings with Group employees explicitly for the purpose of driving home the message of safety first – and SHECS excellence. The results are beginning to show. During the past year, the Company’s safety record improved considerably. While the Company has a long way to go, it is pleased with the direction and the results to date.
The Group’s core business is recycling; thus, sustainability is at the core of its business strategy. The Company has a global sustainability team and is in the process of launching a series of “2020” Sustainability Goals. The focus of these goals is on the Company’s most material environmental and societal impacts: petroleum use, electricity, water and waste. Details of these goals and our continued performance will be reported on the Company’s website. The Company aims to be the world’s safest and most responsible recycling entity by striving to create a zero harm workplace for its employees, being an exemplary member of the communities in which it operates, and being a responsible steward of the environment.
~~ENVIRONMENT~~
Energy, fuel and electricity
Energy use fell across the Group to 2,341,297 GJ, down 6% from FY14, primarily a result of lower production, as well as continued focus on operational efficiency and a range of initiatives. The overall reduction was mirrored in most regions, apart from Asia Pacific which saw a 1% increase – the result of the unique customer requirements and operating circumstances, including maintaining a significant collection network over large distances. Diesel usage constituted the major energy component at 58%, followed by electricity at 34%, gas at 6%, with smaller contributions from LPG and petrol.
Carbon emissions profile
The operational activities of the Company inevitably result in carbon emissions either directly from fuel consumed by our trucks, mobile plant etc. (Scope 1) or indirectly from externally provided electricity (Scope 2). The Company’s approach to managing energy and the associated carbon emissions is detailed in its Corporate Environmental and Energy Policies (available on the Company’s website), executed and monitored by the Company’s dedicated energy managers who work directly with local management on strategic issues and with operators at all levels for hands-on implementation.
The Group CO2 emissions for FY15 were 226,048 tonnes, an overall reduction of 7% compared to FY14, and largely a result of the decreased tonnage handled by the Group. Scope 1 and Scope 2 reductions were 2% and 11% respectively.
The Group’s global sales tonnes in FY15 saved 42.6 million GJ and prevented 11.3 million tonnes of CO2e being emitted in comparison with the use of primary materials. That is 50 tonnes of CO2 saved for every tonne emitted by the Group’s operational activities.
While carbon emissions remain an issue of some debate in Australia, current policy direction is unlikely to affect the Company; nor should it in either the USA and Continental Europe, at least in the near term. The Company is subject to the CRC Energy Efficiency Scheme in the UK, where the Government currently requires allowances to be purchased at a cost £16.40/tonne to offset CO2 emitted. The price for 2015/16 will increase to £16.90, but offsets may be acquired at lesser prices in advance forecast sales. The intended policy goal is to move to a free market trading scheme after that, at which point the Company may need to engage in carbon off-set trading.
Green energy
LMS Energy Pty Ltd (LMS), the renewable energy company of which Sims Metal Management owns 50%, has a total of 24 renewable power generation projects operating nationally, comprising of a total installed capacity of approximately 54 megawatts. More than 374,000 megawatt hours of renewable energy was generated in FY15, resulting in the creation of over 374,000 Large-scale Generation Certificates (LGCs).
Legislation to revise the Renewable Energy Target (RET) was passed in Federal Parliament in June 2015, leading to a revised target of 33,000 Gigawatt hours by 2020. This target will double the amount of renewable energy currently being produced in Australia, and will require over 5,000 megawatts of new renewable energy projects by 2020, necessitating a very significant growth in the renewables sector.
With the Australian Government’s introduction during FY15 of the Emission Reduction Fund (ERF), a voluntary scheme that aims to provide incentives for a range of organisations and individuals to adopt new practices and technologies to reduce their emissions, LMS now has a total of 39 carbon abatement projects accredited under the ERF. Eligible activities under the ERF allow participants to earn Australian carbon credit units (ACCUs), with one ACCU earned for each tonne of carbon dioxide equivalent (tCO2-e) stored or avoided by a project. LMS participated in the first ERF auction held in April 2015 and was successful in securing contracts for multiple projects. LMS now has the majority of ACCUs sold to the Australian Government under seven year contracts. In FY15 alone, LMS’ activities abated an estimated 2.4 million tonnes (CO2e) of carbon.
The Company installed a 100kW wind turbine at Brooklyn, NY which began generating green energy in December, 2014. It is expected to generate up to 4% of the municipal recycling facility’s energy. The newly installed solar arrays at the Company’s Brooklyn and Claremont facilities, complemented by the new wind turbine, generated close to 6,300GJ of green energy in FY15, and saved more than 650 tonnes of CO2 being emitted.
27
The Company installed a 100kW wind turbine at Brooklyn, NY which began generating green energy in December, 2014. It is expected to generate up to 4% of the municipal recycling facility’s energy. The newly installed solar arrays at the Company’s Brooklyn and Claremont facilities, complemented by the new wind turbine, generated close to 6,300GJ of green energy in FY15, and saved more than 650 tonnes of CO2 being emitted.
Water use
The Company is a relatively small consumer of water as many of its facilities are basic collection facilities where water is only used for human consumption and ablution. In the facilities where water is used for operational purposes, it is recycled extensively and used alongside harvested rainfall and grey water where possible within the yard boundaries. Global consumption was 618.5ML, a significant reduction from FY14 in all regions, and at Group level by 16%. This reduction was in part a result of lower production, but also a result of significant water initiatives, most notably in Australia and New Zealand. Water consumption in Europe also fell significantly, following the termination of some water intensive processes.
Waste management
While Sims Metal Management collects materials from the post-consumer and industrial waste streams to extract valuable secondary raw materials, it is not a waste company. Since nonuseable waste represents a significant and increasing cost, it is very strictly controlled at all levels and forms a fundamental part of the Company’s purchasing and pricing structure for incoming materials. However, some non-useable waste is unavoidable and resulted in the generation of 1,343,091 tonnes of waste in FY15, down by 4% compared to FY14. The vast majority (98.43%) of the waste generated is non-hazardous residue generated by the Company’s shredders which finds beneficial use in landfills as day cover, drainage or methane recovery media.
~~HEALTH AND SAFETY~~
Safety will always be the Company’s first priority. The Company believes that all accidents are preventable and is committed to a goal of Zero Harm. The Company will never compromise on safety. A significant amount of resources is dedicated to this overriding priority to all operational activities. Every employee, visitor and contractor understands that working safely is non-negotiable and integral to every task performed. Town Hall safety meetings with the Group CEO and senior management present are held regularly in all global regions, where ideas for improvements and inspirational approaches are freely discussed. Significant training backs up these efforts, and a very significant part of the more than 150,000 man hours of training delivered during FY15 was safety related.
The Company measures and reports on traditional lagging indicators, such as LTI’s and MTI’s, as well as minor incidents, however its approach is increasingly shifting to leading indicators recorded from safety conversations (also known as Observational Behaviour Audits – OBAs). These allow the Company to look forward through the identification of any unsafe act and near miss and take preventative, rather than reactive, action. OBAs apply to all employees, contractors and visitors to the Company’s sites, and all data is recorded into a global data base-KMI, for sharing among all employees. This practice imposes a trail of accountability and traceability of the associated investigations and corrective actions.
As a result of this ongoing focus on safety, the Company’s long record of improvement continued. The Group LTIFR for FY15 was 1.9, down 30% from FY14, while the Group MTIFR was 9.3, down 15%.
~~DIVERSITY AND RETENTION~~
As a result of the strategic restructuring during FY15, total number of employees within the Group fell 10%, from 6,011 in FY14 to 5,429 in FY15. Despite these difficult challenges, the Company remains focussed on its ongoing commitment to gender balance within its workforce. While staff employed in production (62%) is heavily male dominated due to the inherent physical nature of the work, the percentage of females employed in Middle, Senior and Executive management sectors remained largely unchanged at 20%, although falling slightly at the Executive level. During FY15, the Company completed its creation of a Global Diversity Center of Excellence to review and address diversity issues. Through the acquisition of the Diversity Module of its global PeopleFluent Management tool, the Company now has a common global platform for diversity data management. This will provide better reporting and management for the development and measurement of metrics to support the Company’s established goals.
The number of staff leaving voluntarily at Group level remained broadly unchanged at 17%, as did redundancies at 6%.
~~TRAINING AND DEVELOPMENT~~
As a leader in sustainable practices, the opportunities to attract, train, develop and retain the best talent in the business is crucial for the Company to stay ahead of its competitors, remain relevant to its staff and maintain the excellence in knowledge hard won over nearly 100 years of business. It is a matter of considerable pride that more than 15% of the Company’s workforce has been with the Company for more than ten years, and almost 10% for more than twenty years. The Group recruits talent from a variety of sectors, including close cooperation with leading institutions, technical centres and universities, where persons with outstanding qualities are identified, progressively mentored and assisted towards excellence by the Company’s internal learning and support programmes. These programmes include specific projects aimed at constantly developing management and entrepreneurial skills.
~~COMMUNITY ENGAGEMENT~~
As a global leader in the recycling of metals and electronics, the Company’s knowledge on how to reduce waste, increase recovery and reduce energy, carbon and water emissions through efficient material collection, processing and primary material substitution, is sought by Governments, NGOs, and the public, as well as a large number of institutions interested in sustainable practices. For decades, Sims Metal Management has provided experience to, and participated as experts with, all levels of government and local communities. Equally, the Company engages closely with environmental advocacy groups, such as the Carbon Disclosure Project, the Global Compact, and local law enforcement and fire departments. It also has prominent involvement with university research centres and industry groups such as the International Recycling Organisation (BIR), the Institute of Scrap Recycling Industries (ISRI), the British Metal Recycling Organisation (BMRA) and the Australian Council of Recyclers (ACOR). Finally, the Company is strongly committed to working with the local communities in which its facilities are located, an involvement spanning thousands of projects and activities.
28
Board of Directors
==> picture [86 x 102] intentionally omitted <==
~~GEOFFREY N BRUNSDON~~
BComm Age 57
Chairman & independent non-executive director
Mr Brunsdon was appointed as a director in November 2009, appointed Deputy Chairperson in September 2011 and appointed Chairperson of the
Company on 1 March 2012. He is Chairperson of the Nomination/Governance Committee, and is a member of the Risk, Audit & Compliance Committee and the Remuneration Committee. Until June 2009, Mr Brunsdon was Managing Director and Head of Investment Banking of Merrill Lynch International (Australia) Limited. He is Chairman of IPE Limited (since 2004), APN Funds Management Limited (since November 2009), and MetLife Insurance Limited (since April 2011) and a member of the Takeovers Panel. He was a member of the listing committee of the Australian Securities Exchange between 1993 and 1997 and was a director of Sims Group Limited between 1999 and 2007. He is a Fellow of the Institute of Chartered Accountants, a Fellow of the Financial Services Institute of Australia and a Fellow of the Institute of Company Directors. Mr Brunsdon is also a director of the Wentworth Group of Concerned Scientists and Purves Environmental Custodians.
==> picture [86 x 102] intentionally omitted <==
==> picture [87 x 102] intentionally omitted <==
~~ROBERT J BASS~~
~~GALDINO CLARO~~
MBA Age 66
B Mechanical Eng Age 56
Group chief executive officer and managing director
Independent non-executive director
Mr Bass was appointed as a director on 10 September Mr Claro was appointed 2013. He is Chairperson Group Chief Executive of the Risk, Audit & Officer and Managing Compliance Committee, Director of the Company and is a member of the on 4 November 2013. He Nomination/Governance is a member of the Safety, Committee and the Finance Health, Environment, & Investment Committee. Community& Sustainability Mr Bass was formerly Committee, the Nomination/ a partner at Deloitte & Governance Committee and Touche from 1982, and the Finance & Investment Vice Chairman at Deloitte Committee. Mr Claro has LLP from 2006, until his nearly 30 years of global retirement in June 2012. He executive leadership practiced at that firm for 39 experience in the worldwide years and was Lead Client metals industry. He served Service Partner responsible as Executive Vice President for the development, and Chief Executive Officer planning, management, of Metals & Minerals at administration and delivery Harsco Corporation from of services, including July 2010 to November audits of consolidated 2013. He also held various financial statements to executive positions over multinational clients in a a twenty year period with variety of industries. Mr Alcoa Inc. such as President Bass is currently a director of Alcoa China based in of Groupon Inc (since June Beijing, China and President 2012) and Apex Tool Group of Alcoa Extrusions (since December 2014) Europe based in Geneva, and is Chairman of the Switzerland among others. Audit Committee of both Mr Claro has a Mechanical companies. He is a graduate Engineering background. of Emory University and received an MBA from Columbia University. He is a Certified Public Accountant, New York and Connecticut, and a member of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and Connecticut State Society of Certified Public Accountants.
==> picture [86 x 102] intentionally omitted <==
==> picture [86 x 102] intentionally omitted <==
~~JOHN T GEORGIA DILACQUA NELSON~~
MBA
BS, MBA Age 65 Independent non-executive director
Age 63 Independent non-executive director Mr DiLacqua was appointed as a director in September 2011. He is Chairperson of the Finance & Investment Committee, and is a member of the Risk, Audit & Compliance Committee and the Nomination/ Governance Committee. Mr DiLacqua was formerly a director of Metal Management, Inc (since 2001), and was a director of Sims Metal Management Limited between March and November 2008. He was the Executive Chairman of Envirosource, Inc from May 2004 to December 2004 and had served as President and Chief Executive Officer of Envirosource from January 1999 to May 2004. From October 1997 to December 1998, Mr DiLacqua served as President of the US Ferrous Operations of Philip Metals, Inc, and, prior to that, from May 1994, as the President of Luria Brothers. He is a graduate of Temple University and received an MBA from Carnegie Mellon University. Mr DiLacqua is a Certified Public Accountant.
Ms Nelson was appointed as a director in November 2014. She is a member of the Safety, Health, Environment, Community & Sustainability Committee and the Remuneration Committee. Ms Nelson provides consulting services on a variety of environmental and energy policy matters. Ms Nelson is the former founding president of Midwest Generation EME, LLC, an Edison International company. Previously, Ms Nelson was senior vice president of worldwide operations for Edison Mission Energy. Ms Nelson previously spent more than 25 years with Southern California Edison, a large US electric utility. Ms Nelson serves as a director of two publicly traded US corporations: Cummins Inc (CMI), a global engine and equipment manufacturer, and Ball Corporation (BLL), a global metals container manufacturing company, and one publicly traded Canadian corporation: TransAlta Corporation (TAC), a power generation and wholesale marketing company. Ms Nelson holds an MBA from the University of Southern California and a BS from Pepperdine University.
29
The Company seeks to ensure that the Board has a range of attributes necessary for the governance of a global organisation. The Board regularly reviews its skills and performance against the expectation that it will provide outstanding governance; have appropriate input to and development of strategy; establish and oversee a clear risk management framework; set challenging performance targets in all aspects of the Company’s activities; and understand the operations of the Company.
==> picture [86 x 102] intentionally omitted <==
==> picture [86 x 102] intentionally omitted <==
==> picture [87 x 102] intentionally omitted <==
==> picture [86 x 102] intentionally omitted <==
==> picture [86 x 102] intentionally omitted <==
~~DEBORAH O’TOOLE~~
~~CHRISTOPHER J RENWICK~~
LLB, MAICD Age 58 Independent non-executive director
AM, FAIM, FAIE, FTSE-BA, LLB Age 72 Independent non-executive director
Ms O’Toole was appointed non-executive director as a director in November Mr Renwick was appointed 2014. She is a member as a director in June 2007. of the Risk, Audit & Mr Renwick is Chairperson Compliance Committee and of the Remuneration the Finance & Investment Committee, and is a Committee. Ms O’Toole member of the Safety, has extensive executive Health, Environment, experience across a number Community& Sustainability of sectors including over Committee and the 20 years in the mining Nomination/Governance industry and, more recently, Committee. Mr Renwick in transport and logistics was employed with the which included managerial, Rio Tinto Group for over operational and financial 35 years, rising, in 1997, to roles. She has been Chief Chief Executive, Rio Tinto Financial Officer in three Iron Ore, a position he held ASX listed companies: until his retirement in 2004. M.I.M Holdings Limited, He has previously served Queensland Cotton as Chairman and director of Holdings Limited and, Coal and Allied Industries most recently, through the Limited (2004 to 2011), privatisation of Aurizon Chairman of the Rio Tinto Holdings Limited. Ms Aboriginal Fund (2004 to O’Toole’s board experience 2011) and director of Downer includes directorships of EDI Limited (2004 to 2010). the CSIRO, Norfolk Group, Mr Renwick is a director various companies in the of South East Regional MIM and Aurizon Groups, Touring Opera Company and Government and private Limited, a “not-for-profit” sector advisory boards. She public company limited by has acted as Chairperson guarantee, which operates of the Audit Committees as “Melbourne Opera”. of CSIRO, Norfolk Group and Pacific Aluminium. Ms O’Toole is currently a director of Credit Union Australia and the Wesley Research Institute.
~~HEATHER RIDOUT~~
AO, BEc (Hons) Age 61 Independent non-executive director
Mrs Ridout was appointed as a director in September 2011. She is a member of the Safety, Health, Environment, Community & Sustainability Committee, the Remuneration
Committee, the Risk, Audit &
Compliance Committee and the Nomination/Governance Committee. Mrs Ridout was formerly the Chief Executive Officer of the Australian Industry Group from 2004 until her retirement in April 2012. She is a member of the Board of the Reserve Bank of Australia (since December 2011), and is a director of Australian Securities Exchange Limited (since August 2012) and Chair of the AustralianSuper Trustee Board, the largest industry fund in Australia. Mrs Ridout also serves on the Board of the Australian Chamber Orchestra and is also co-Chair of the Australian-Canada Economic Leadership Dialogue. She has an economics degree, with honours, from the University of Sydney.
~~TAMOTSU (TOM) JAMES T SATO THOMPSON~~
BS Age 65 Independent non-executive director
BA Age 63 Non-independent non-executive director
Mr Sato was appointed as a director in April 2013. He is Mitsui & Co., Ltd’s nominated non-independent director. Mr Sato is a member of the Finance
Mr Thompson was appointed as a director in November 2009. He is Chairperson of the Safety, Health, Environment, Community & Sustainability Committee, and is a member of the Finance & Investment Committee and the Remuneration Committee. Mr Thompson was, from 2004 until his retirement in 2007, Executive Vice President Commercial for The Mosaic Company, one of the world’s largest fertiliser companies and publicly traded on the NYSE. Prior to that, he was engaged for 30 years in the steel industry in various roles at Cargill, Inc of Minnesota, US, leading to the position of President of Cargill Steel Group from 1996–2004. During that period, Mr Thompson also served for a time as Co-Chairman of the North Star BlueScope Steel JV, and was a member of various industry boards, including AISI, SMA and MSCI. He is currently a director of Hawkins, Inc, and Chairman of the Board of Visitors of the University of Wisconsin School of Education. Mr Thompson has a BS from the University of Wisconsin Madison.
& Investment Committee and the Safety, Health, Environment, Community & Sustainability Committee. He joined Mitsui in 1975 and held various positions mainly in the steel making raw materials business within that company including Executive Director of Mitsui Coal Holdings (20022004) based in Brisbane, Senior Vice President of Mitsui Singapore (20062009) responsible for Asia Pacific, and from 2009 until his retirement in 2013 he was the President & CEO of Mitsui Raw Materials Development based in New York.
30
Financial Review
$109.9 m FY15 Statutory NPAT compared to a net loss after tax of $88.9 million in FY14
17.2%
FY15 Underlying NPAT $101.5 million, 17.2% higher than FY14
==> picture [73 x 24] intentionally omitted <==
----- Start of picture text -----
3.7%
----- End of picture text -----
Underlying EBITDA of $262.5 million was 3.7% higher than FY14
~~SENSITIVITY TO MOVEMENTS IN FOREIGN EXCHANGE RATES~~
The principal currencies in which the Group’s subsidiaries conduct business are United States (“US”) dollars, Australian dollars (“A$”), Euros, and British pounds sterling. Although the Group’s reporting currency is the Australian dollar, a significant portion of the Group’s sales and purchases are made in currencies other than the Australian dollar. In addition, a significant portion of the Group’s net assets are denominated in currencies other than the Australian dollar.
The Group’s consolidated financial position, results of operations and cash flows may be materially affected by movements in the exchange rate between the Australian dollar and the respective local currencies to which its subsidiaries are exposed.
Some of the results referred to below are shown on a “constant currency” basis, which means that the current period results are translated into Australian dollars using applicable exchange rates in the prior year comparable period. This allows for a relative performance comparison between the two periods before the translation impact of currency fluctuations.
Foreign exchange rates compared with the prior corresponding periods
for the major currencies that affect the Group’s results are as follows:
| Average rate | Average rate | Closing rate | Closing rate | |||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Year Ended | 30 June | As at 30 June | ||||
| % | % | |||||
| 2015 | 2014 | Change | 2015 | 2014 | Change | |
| US Dollar | 0.8382 | 0.9187 | (8.8) | 0.7680 | 0.9420 | (18.5) |
| Euro | 0.6963 | 0.6775 | 2.8 | 0.6866 | 0.6906 | (0.6) |
| Pounds | ||||||
| sterling | 0.5307 | 0.5657 | (6.2) | 0.4885 | 0.5531 | (11.7) |
As at 30 June 2015, the cumulative effect of the retranslation of net assets of foreign controlled entities (recognised through the foreign currency translation reserve) was $114.1 million compared to $329.9 million as at 30 June 2014.
~~REVENUE~~
Sales revenue of $6,310.9 million in FY15 was down 10.1% compared to sales revenue of $7,021.2 million in the year ended 30 June 2014 (“FY14”). At constant currency, sales revenue was down 15.5% primarily due to lower sales volumes and lower average scrap metal prices. Sales volumes declined by 11.3% to 10.481 million tonnes in FY15 versus 11.815 million tonnes in FY14 due to lower intake volumes driven by lower prices and the impact from weather in the US during the third quarter of FY15. Average selling prices were lower for both ferrous and nonferrous metals as prices dropped in the second half of FY15.
~~EARNINGS~~
Statutory NPAT in FY15 was $109.9 million compared to a statutory net loss after tax of $88.9 million in FY14. On a constant currency basis, statutory NPAT was $108.9 million. The improvement reflects lower operating expenses, freight, finance costs and tax expense and higher income from equity accounted investments. FY14 statutory NPAT includes a loss from discontinued operations of $105.2 million and intangible asset impairments of $28.0 million. Underlying NPAT was $101.5 million in FY15, which was 17.2% higher than FY14. Statutory EBITDA from continuing operations in FY15 was $265.6 million, which was 19.4% higher than FY14. On a constant currency basis, statutory EBITDA was $256.5 million in FY15. Underlying EBITDA of $262.5 million was 3.7% higher than FY14. The increase in underlying EBITDA was primarily due to higher operating income from North America Metals, Europe Metals and Global E-Recycling, offset by lower operating income from ANZ Metals.
~~RECONCILIATION OF STATUTORY NPAT TO EBITDA~~
| A$ million | Year ended 30 June 2015 2014 109.9 (88.9) (0.1) 105.2 – 28.0 120.8 117.5 7.8 14.2 27.2 46.4 265.6 222.4 |
|---|---|
| Statutory net proft/(loss) after tax Net (income)/loss from discontinued operations Goodwill and intangible impairment charges Depreciation and amortisation Interest expense, net Income tax expense |
|
| Statutory EBITDA |
Depreciation and amortisation increased by $3.3 million to $120.8 million, largely due to exchange rate differences. Net interest expense decreased by $6.4 million to $7.8 million in FY15, reflecting the decline in net debt during the period.
Statutory diluted earnings per share increased to 53.3 cents per share in FY15 from a statutory loss of 43.5 cents per share in FY14. Underlying diluted earnings per share from continuing operations increased to 49.2 cents in FY15 from 42.3 cents per share in FY14.
The Directors have determined to pay a final dividend for FY15 of 13 cents per share (FY14: 10 cents per share), which will be fully franked. On 27 March 2015, an interim dividend for FY15 of 16 cents per share was paid, which was fully franked.
~~CASH FLOW AND BORROWINGS~~
Cash flow from operating activities of $298.1 million in FY15 increased by $88.0 million versus FY14 due to cash generated from operations, lower interest payments, higher dividends received from associates and joint ventures, partially offset by higher income tax payments.
31
| ~~RECONCILIATION OF STATUTORY RESULTS TO UNDERLYING RESULTS~~ | ~~RECONCILIATION OF STATUTORY RESULTS TO UNDERLYING RESULTS~~ | ~~RECONCILIATION OF STATUTORY RESULTS TO UNDERLYING RESULTS~~ | |||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| A$m | EBITDA 1 | EBIT | NPAT | ||||||
| Year ended 30 June | 2015 | 2014 |
2015 | 2014 | 2015 | 2014 | |||
| Statutory results from continuing operations | 265.6 | 222.4 |
144.8 | 76.9 | 109.8 | 16.3 | |||
| Statutoryresults from discontinued operations5 | 1.0 | (97.6) |
0.7 | (104.5) | 0.1 | (105.2) | |||
| Reported earnings | 266.6 | 124.8 |
145.5 | (27.6) | 109.9 | (88.9) | |||
| Other signifcant items: | |||||||||
| Goodwill impairment | N/A2 | N/A2 | – | 27.8 | – | 22.2 | |||
| Other intangible asset impairment | N/A2 | N/A2 | – | 0.7 | – | 0.7 | |||
| Fixed asset impairment | – | 40.9 | – | 40.9 | – | 41.6 | |||
| Write-down of equipment spares | – | 0.8 | – | 0.8 | – | 0.7 | |||
| Natural disaster expenses, net of insurance recoveries Fire destroyed assets, net of insurance recoveries Reversal of an impairment of loan receivable Inventory adjustments to net realisable value Net impact from investments in associates Adjustments made by joint ventures Lease settlements/onerous leases Redundancies |
– – (0.6) – (2.8) – (5.9) 4.0 |
(2.8) (5.3) (4.9) 0.9 13.0 3.0 31.8 16.7 |
– – (0.6) – (2.8) – (5.9) 4.0 |
(2.8) (5.3) (4.9) 0.9 13.0 3.0 31.8 16.7 |
– – (0.6) – (2.8) – (5.9) 2.7 |
(2.8) (5.3) (4.9) 0.9 13.0 3.0 31.5 16.3 |
|||
| Settlement of disputes with third parties | – | 1.3 | – | 1.3 | – | 1.3 | |||
| One-time costs associated with new CEO | – | 1.0 | – | 1.0 | – | 0.9 | |||
| Net expense relating to yard closure/dilapidations | 1.4 | 9.8 | 1.4 | 9.8 | 1.4 | 9.8 | |||
| Credit provisions/losses | – | 3.5 | – | 3.5 | – | 3.4 | |||
| Multi-employer pension plan withdrawal liability | (5.9) | 6.3 | (5.9) | 6.3 | (5.9) | 6.3 | |||
| Loss on sale of business divisions | – | 1.3 | – | 1.3 | – | 1.2 | |||
| Other | – | 0.3 | – | 0.3 | – | 0.3 | |||
| Tax asset impairment/(reversal)3 | – | – | – | – | (3.9) | 17.6 | |||
| Underlying results 4 | 256.8 | 242.4 |
135.7 | 118.5 | 94.9 | 68.8 | |||
| Underlyinglosses from discontinued operations5 | 5.7 | 10.7 | 6.0 | 17.1 | 6.6 | 17.8 | |||
| Underlying results excluding discontinued operations | 262.5 | 253.1 |
141.7 | 135.6 | 101.5 | 86.6 |
1 EBITDA is a measurement of non-conforming financial information. See table on previous page that reconciles EBITDA to statutory net profit.
2 N/A indicates that statutory EBITDA is calculated to exclude impairment of goodwill and other identified intangible assets in the presentation of both the statutory and underlying results.
3 2014 amount reflects impairment of US deferred tax assets. 2015 amount reflects utilisation of previously impaired US deferred tax assets.
4 Underlying result is a non-IFRS measure that is presented to provide an understanding of the underlying performance of the Group. The measure excludes the impacts of impairments, disposals as well as items that are subject to significant variability from one period to the next. The reconciling items above (before tax) have been extracted from the audited financial statements.
5 Discontinued operations relate to Global E-Recycling businesses in Canada and the UK.
Capital expenditures were $95.3 million during FY15 compared to capital expenditures of $64.1 million in FY14. Capital expenditures during FY15 were related primarily to investments in Western Australia for a new shredding operation. Cash consideration paid for acquisitions totalled $5.7 million in FY15 and related to the acquisition of three businesses, one within the NAM segment and two within the ANZ Metals segment. The Group also generated $16.0 million of cash from the sale of property, plant and equipment in FY15 including assets previously classified as held for sale. As discussed further below, the Group received $74.5 million of cash from the sale of its interest in Chiho-Tiande Group (“CTG”) and $52.2 million of cash from the sale of a convertible bond issued by CTG.
During FY15, the Group paid cash dividends of $53.2 million (FY14: nil). At 30 June 2015, the Group had a net cash position of $313.9
million compared to a net cash position of $42.3 million at 30 June 2014. The Group calculates net cash as cash balances less total borrowings and reflects total borrowings as if borrowings were reduced by cash balances as a pro forma measurement as follows:
| A$ million | As at 30 June |
|---|---|
| 2015 2014 |
|
| Total cash Less: total borrowings |
316.0 57.2 (2.1) (14.9) |
| Net cash | 313.9 42.3 |
The Group’s cash flow and balance sheet position provides the capacity to fund the ongoing operational requirements of the business, as well as potential increased working capital requirements.
32
==> picture [403 x 241] intentionally omitted <==
33
Corporate Governance Statement
The directors and management of the Company are committed to operating the Company’s business ethically and in a manner consistent with high standards of corporate governance. The directors consider the establishment and implementation of sound corporate governance practices to be a fundamental part of promoting investor confidence and creating value for shareholders, through prudent risk management and a culture which encourages ethical conduct, accountability and sound business practices.
A description of the Group’s corporate governance practices in place throughout the 2015 financial year is set out in the Corporate Governance Statement of the Company, a copy of which can be viewed at http://www.simsmm.com/Investors/Corporate-Governance. The Corporate Governance Statement has been prepared with reference to the Corporate Governance Principles and Recommendations (3rd edition) published by the Australian Securities Exchange Corporate Governance Council. The Company has complied with the Recommendations. The Corporate Governance Statement has been approved by the board.
34
Contents
| Contents | Contents | |
|---|---|---|
| Directors’ Report | 35 | |
| Consolidated Income Statementsfor the year ended 30 June 2015 | 63 | |
| Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Incomefor the year ended 30 June 2015 | 64 | |
| Consolidated Statements of Financial Positionas at 30 June 2015 | 65 | |
| Consolidated Statements of Changes in Equityfor the year ended 30 June 2015 | 66 | |
| Consolidated Statements of Cash Flowsfor the year ended 30 June 2015 | 67 | |
| Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements | ||
| 1 | Summary of signifcant accounting policies | 68 |
| 2 | Financial risk management | 77 |
| 3 | Critical accounting estimates and judgements | 81 |
| 4 | Earnings/(loss) per share | 81 |
| 5 | Segment information | 81 |
| 6 | Revenue | 84 |
| 7 | Items included in proft before income tax from continuing operations | 85 |
| 8 | Income taxes | 86 |
| 9 | Trade and other receivables | 89 |
| 10 | Inventory | 90 |
| 11 | Other fnancial assets and liabilities | 90 |
| 12 | Property, plant and equipment | 93 |
| 13 | Goodwill | 94 |
| 14 | Other intangible assets | 95 |
| 15 | Trade and other payables | 96 |
| 16 | Borrowings | 96 |
| 17 | Provisions | 96 |
| 18 | Retirement beneft obligations | 97 |
| 19 | Contributed equity | 100 |
| 20 | Accumulated defcit and reserves | 101 |
| 21 | Dividends | 102 |
| 22 | Contingencies | 103 |
| 23 | Commitments | 103 |
| 24 | Share ownership plans | 104 |
| 25 | Remuneration of auditors | 108 |
| 26 | Business acquisitions and disposals | 109 |
| 27 | Subsidiaries | 110 |
| 28 | Interests in other entities | 114 |
| 29 | Related party transactions | 116 |
| 30 | Parent entity fnancial information | 116 |
| 31 | Cash fow information | 118 |
| 32 | Assets classifed as held for sale | 119 |
| 33 | Discontinued operations | 119 |
| Directors’ Declaration | 120 | |
| Independent Auditor’s Report to the Members of Sims Metal Management Limited | 121 | |
| Auditor’s Independence Declaration | 122 | |
| Shareholder Information | 123 | |
| Five Year Trend Summary | 124 |
35
Directors’ Report
Your Directors present their report on the consolidated entity (referred to hereafter as the “Group”) consisting of Sims Metal Management Limited (the “Company”) and the entities it controlled at the end of, or during, the year ended 30 June 2015 (“FY15”).
~~PRINCIPAL ACTIVITIES~~
The principal activities of the Group during the financial year comprised (1) the buying, processing and selling of ferrous and non-ferrous recycled metals and (2) the provision of environmentally responsible solutions for the disposal of post-consumer electronic products, including IT assets recycled for commercial customers. The Group offers fee-for-service business opportunities in the environmentally responsible recycling of negative value materials including refrigerators, electrical and electronic equipment. The Group’s principal activities remain unchanged from the previous financial year.
~~OPERATING AND FINANCIAL REVIEW~~
A review of the operations of the Group during the financial year and the results of those operations are set out in the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer’s Reviews on pages 4 to 7 and the Operational and Financial Review on pages 8 to 31.
~~NAMES AND PARTICULARS OF DIRECTORS~~
The names of the Directors of the Company during the financial year and up to the date of this report together with their qualifications and experience are provided on pages 28 and 29.
~~COMPANY SECRETARIES~~
Frank Moratti B Comm, LLB, MBA (Executive)
Mr Moratti was appointed to the position of Company Secretary in 1997. Before joining the Company, he held positions of assistant company secretary/legal counsel in a number of publicly listed companies over a period of some 12 years and, prior to that, worked as a solicitor with a major legal practice.
Scott Miller BS, MS, JD, PE
Mr Miller was appointed to the position of Company Secretary in 2008. Since joining the Company in 1997, Mr Miller has held positions as legal counsel and manager for environmental affairs for North American operations. Before joining the Company, he held positions at an environmental mediation firm, as an attorney with a major legal practice and as a consulting engineer.
~~DIRECTORS’ MEETINGS~~
The following table shows the actual board and committee meetings held during the financial year and the number of meetings attended by each director:
| by each director: | ||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Safety, Health, | ||||||
| Risk, | Environment, | |||||
| Audit & | Community & | Finance & | Nomination/ | |||
| Board of | Compliance | Sustainability | Remuneration | Investment | Governance | |
| Directors | Committee | Committee |
Committee | Committee | Committee | |
| Meetings held | 9 | 6 | 5 |
5 | 7 | 4 |
| G Brunsdon1 | 9 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | |
| G Claro | 9 | 5 | 7 | 4 | ||
| R Bass2 | 8 | 6 | 3 | 2 | ||
| N Bobins3 | 4 | 3 | 1 | |||
| J DiLacqua4 | 9 | 6 | 7 | 2 | ||
| G Morris5 | 4 | 3 | 3 | 1 | ||
| G Nelson6 | 5 | 3 | 1 | |||
| D O’Toole7 | 6 | 3 | 3 | |||
| C Renwick | 9 | 5 | 5 | 4 | ||
| H Ridout | 9 | 6 | 5 |
5 | 4 | |
| T Sato | 9 | 5 | 7 | |||
| J Thompson | 9 | 5 | 5 | 7 |
1 Mr Brunsdon resigned from the Finance & Investment Committee and was appointed to the Nomination/Governance Committee on 13 November 2014.
2 Mr Bass was appointed to the Finance & Investment Committee and the Nomination/Governance Committee on 13 November 2014.
3 Mr Bobins retired from the Board of Directors and the Finance & Investment Committee and Nomination/Governance Committee on 13 November 2014.
4 Mr DiLacqua was appointed to the Nomination/Governance Committee on 13 November 2014.
5 Mr Morris retired from the Board of Directors and the Risk, Audit & Compliance Committee, Remuneration Committee and Nomination/Governance Committee on 13 November 2014.
6 Ms Nelson was appointed to the Board of Directors on 1 November 2014 and was appointed to the Safety, Health, Environment Community & Sustainability Committee and the Remuneration Committee on 13 November 2014.
- 7 Ms O’Toole was appointed to the Board of Directors on 1 November 2014 and was appointed to the Finance & Investment Committee and the Risk, Audit & Compliance Committee on 13 November 2014.
Directors’ Report
36
~~DIRECTORS’ INTERESTS~~
As at the date of this report, the interests of the directors in the shares, options, or performance rights of the Company are set forth below:
| Shares | |
|---|---|
| G Brunsdon | 22,057 |
| R Bass | 15,000 |
| G Claro1 | 38,253 |
| J DiLacqua | 2,500 |
| G Nelson | 6,700 |
| D O’Toole | 3,000 |
| C Renwick | 13,144 |
| H Ridout | 5,000 |
| T Sato | – |
| J Thompson | 12,000 |
1 Refer to the Remuneration Report for information on options and rights held by Mr Claro.
~~SIGNIFICANT CHANGES IN THE STATE OF AFFAIRS~~
There were no significant changes in the state of affairs of the Group during the financial year not otherwise disclosed elsewhere in this report.
~~SIGNIFICANT EVENTS AFTER THE BALANCE SHEET DATE~~
The Directors are not aware of any items, transactions or events of a material or unusual nature that have arisen since the end of the financial year which will significantly affect, or may significantly affect, the operations of the Group, the results of those operations or the state of affairs of the Group in subsequent financial years.
~~LIKELY DEVELOPMENTS~~
Information as to the likely developments in the operations of the Group is set out in the Operating and Financial Review.
Further information on likely developments in the operations of the Group and the expected results of operations in subsequent financial years have not been included in this annual financial report because the directors believe it would be likely to result in unreasonable prejudice to the Group.
~~ENVIRONMENTAL REGULATION~~
The Group is subject to environmental regulations and reporting requirements in Australia as well as other countries in which it operates. The Group has operating licenses and consents in place at each of its operating sites as prescribed by relevant environmental laws and regulations in each respective location and comprehensive environmental management systems and audit procedures to support compliance. Further information on the consolidated entity’s performance in respect of environmental regulation is set out in our Annual Sustainability Report.
Under s299(1)(f) of the Corporations Act, an entity is required to provide a summary of its environmental performance in terms of compliance with Australian environmental regulation. The Group’s Australian operations are subject to the reporting requirements of both the Energy Efficiency Opportunities Act 2006 (EEO) and the National Greenhouse and Energy Reporting Act 2007 (NGER).
The EEO Act requires the Group to assess the energy usage of its Australian operations, including the identification, investigation and evaluation of energy saving opportunities, and to report publicly on the assessments undertaken, including intended actions by the Group. The Group continues to meet its obligations under this Act.
The NGER Act requires the Group to report its annual greenhouse emissions and energy use of its Australian operations. The Group has implemented systems and processes for the collection and calculation of the data required so as to prepare and submit the relevant report to the Greenhouse and Energy Data Officer annually.
There have been no significant known breaches of the Group’s license conditions or any environmental regulations to which it is subject.
37
~~INSURANCE AND INDEMNIFICATION OF OFFICERS~~
During the financial year, the Company had contracts in place insuring all directors and executives of the Company (and/or any subsidiary companies in which it holds greater than 50% of the voting shares), including directors in office at the date of this report and those who served on the board during the year, against liabilities that may arise from their positions within the Company and its controlled entities, except where the liabilities arise out of conduct involving a lack of good faith. The directors have not included details of the nature of the liabilities covered or the amount of the premium paid as such disclosure is prohibited under the terms of the contracts.
~~SHARE OPTION AND RIGHTS~~
Unissued shares
As of the date of this report, there are 9,036,307 share options outstanding and 5,783,775 rights outstanding in relation to the Company’s ordinary shares. Refer to Note 24 of the consolidated financial statements for further details of the options and rights outstanding as at 30 June 2015. Option and right holders do not have any right, by virtue of the option or right, to participate in any share issue of the Company.
Shares issued as a result of the exercise of options and vesting of rights
During the financial year, there were 100,521 ordinary shares issued upon the exercise of share options and 163,044 ordinary shares issued in connection with the vesting of rights. Refer to Note 24 of the consolidated financial statements for further details of shares issued pursuant to share-based awards. Subsequent to the end of the financial year and up to the date of this report, there have been no ordinary shares issued in connection with the exercise of share options or in connection with vesting of rights.
~~NON-AUDIT SERVICES~~
The Company may decide to employ its external auditor (Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu) on assignments additional to their statutory audit duties where the auditor’s expertise and experience with the Company and/or the Group are important.
Details of the amounts paid or payable to the auditor for audit and non-audit services provided during the financial year are set out in Note 25 of the consolidated financial statements.
The Board has considered the position and, in accordance with advice received from the Risk, Audit & Compliance Committee, is satisfied that the provision of the non-audit services is compatible with the general standard of independence for auditors imposed by the Corporations Act 2001 . The directors are satisfied that the provision of non-audit services by the auditor, as set forth in Note 25 of the consolidated financial statements, did not compromise the auditor independence requirements of the Corporations Act 2001 for the following reasons:
-
all non-audit services have been reviewed by the Risk, Audit & Compliance Committee to ensure they do not impact the impartiality and objectivity of the auditor; and
-
none of the services undermine the general principles relating to auditor independence as set out in APES 110 Code of Ethics for Professional Accountants .
-
A copy of the auditor’s independence declaration as required under section 307C of the Corporations Act 2001 is set out on page 122.
~~ROUNDING OF AMOUNTS~~
The Company is of a kind referred to in ASIC Class Order 98/100, dated 10 July 1998, and in accordance with that Class Order amounts in the financial report are rounded off to the nearest tenth of a million dollars, unless otherwise indicated.
Directors’ Report REMUNERATION REPORT
38
~~REMARKS BY THE CHAIRPERSON OF THE REMUNERATION COMMITTEE~~
Dear Shareholder
We are pleased to present our Remuneration Report for financial year 2015 (FY15).
FY15 proved to be a more positive year for our Company as evidenced by our statutory profit of A$110 million. This result was achieved in challenging external market conditions for the metals recycling industry. In recognition of the result achieved in difficult market conditions, the Remuneration Committee administered the Company’s short-term incentive (STI) and long-term incentive (LTI) plans carefully to balance a reward for those who contributed to the strong result with the need to control remuneration and costs in FY15.
During FY15, our focus was to align our STI performance goals to the strategic plan of the Company. This will continue to be our focus in financial year 2016 (FY16). Achievement of the budget is critical to the success of the strategic plan, and the STI performance goals in each portfolio of our businesses will be measured against the FY16 budget. Once again, there will be a financial gateway in the STI plan, whereby there must be a specific return on controlled capital employed (ROCCE) achieved for each part of the business, before any STI payment is made for that part of the business. For FY16, Regional Executives will see 25% of their financial goals tied to Group ROCCE results, as opposed to 20% in FY15. Tying Regional Executives’ STI to Group financial performance encourages collaboration at the Group level and a focus on Group results.
Achievement of budget in FY16 will generate a target STI payout. Achievement of financial goals will be measured using a range which defines threshold as being 80% of target up to a maximum of 130% of target. In FY15, this range was defined as 85% of target for threshold to 125% of target for maximum.
We continuously look at the structure of our LTI plan design to assess its competitiveness with international standards and the global labour market for key talent in which we compete. With the tax treatment of employee share schemes in Australia changing from 1 July 2015, the Company anticipates discontinuing phantom option grants under the LTI plan for our Australian participants.
We will continue to review and strengthen our remuneration framework in FY16, particularly in respect of the individual non-financial measures in the STI plan, more strongly relating pay outcomes with the achievement of the Company’s strategic plan.
The following pages outline the actual remuneration outcomes for FY15 in light of Company performance, as well as providing further detail on our executive remuneration framework. We welcome and value your feedback on our executive remuneration practices.
Yours sincerely
==> picture [104 x 50] intentionally omitted <==
Christopher Renwick Remuneration Committee Chairperson [email protected]
39
The Remuneration Committee of the Board of Directors of Sims Metal Management Limited (Committee) presents the Remuneration Report for the Company and the Group for FY15. The Remuneration Report provides details on elements of the Company’s remuneration program and actions taken by the Committee in FY15, to support the program’s goal of attracting, retaining and motivating key executives who lead our businesses. The information provided in this Remuneration Report has been audited by our independent external auditor, Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu.
The Remuneration Report is set out as follows:
==> picture [507 x 576] intentionally omitted <==
----- Start of picture text -----
Section What it covers Page
1 Remuneration snapshot 40
1.1 Key management personnel (KMP) Lists the names, roles and tenure of the KMP whose remuneration details are disclosed in the 40
Remuneration Report
1.2 Actual remuneration outcomes for FY15 Lists the actual remuneration received by reportable KMP during FY15 41
1.3 Outlook for FY16 Provides an overview of the remuneration program’s structure for FY16 which supports the 42
Company’s strategic imperatives and aligns with shareholder values
2 Remuneration governance 42
2.1 Remuneration philosophy Describes the Company’s remuneration philosophy; ensures alignment with our strategic plan 42
and shareholder interests
2.2 The Remuneration Committee Outlines the Committee’s role in making remuneration decisions, and its relationship with the 42
Board and the Committee’s external remuneration consultant
2.3 Committee activities Lists items reviewed by the Committee during FY15 43
2.4 Peer group and competitive positioning Lists companies identified as peers for competitive remuneration program design and practices 44
2.5 External remuneration consultant Describes professional services provided by the Committee’s remuneration consultant in FY15 44
2.6 Risk management Outlines the Company’s remuneration-related risk assessment and risk management practices 44
3 Remuneration framework 45
3.1 Remuneration principles and strategy Defines the Company’s remuneration framework, set by the Committee, which is to align 45
executives’ remuneration with short and long-term performance goals, provide incentives
for goal attainment and attract talent critical for sustainable financial success
3.2 Total target remuneration mix Provides the proportion of total target remuneration that is fixed and ‘at-risk’ for Executives 46
3.3 Fixed remuneration Defines an element of remuneration for performing day-to-day areas of responsibilities 46
3.4 Variable remuneration Defines ‘at-risk’, remuneration under the STI and LTI plans, and summarizes link between pay 46
and performance
3.4.1 STI plan Details elements of the STI program 46
3.4.2 LTI plan Details elements of the LTI program 49
3.4.3 Link between ‘at-risk’ remuneration Highlights the Company’s historical performance and key performance metrics 52
and Company performance
4 Executive statutory 54
remuneration disclosures
4.1 Executive remuneration disclosures Lists FY14 and FY15 Executive remuneration and other payments reported for the KMP 54
5 Executive contracts 55
5.1 Executive Director and Group CEO Outlines key terms of the Executive Director and Group CEO’s employment agreement 55
5.2 Executives Outlines key terms of the Executives’ employment agreements 56
6 Non-Executive directors’ fees 57
6.1 Approach to determining the fees of Describes the approach for determining NEDs’ fees for services rendered 57
Non-Executive Directors (NEDs)
6.2 NEDs’ fees Lists NEDs’ fees under the current remuneration framework 57
6.3 Superannuation; no retirement benefits Describes superannuation benefits for certain NEDs 57
7 Share-based payment disclosures 59
and equity holdings
7.1 Options provided as remuneration Shows outstanding option grants for each of our KMP 59
7.2 Performance rights and restricted stock units Shows unvested and outstanding performance rights and RSUs for each of our KMP 60
(RSUs) provided as remuneration
7.3 Share holdings Shows number of Company’s shares beneficially owned by each of our KMP 61
8 Other transactions with KMP 62
9 Shareholder outreach 62
----- End of picture text -----
Directors’ Report REMUNERATION REPORT
40
~~1 REMUNERATION SNAPSHOT~~
1.1 Key Management Personnel (KMP)
The Remuneration Report is focused on the Company’s executive remuneration program for FY15 and certain elements of our FY16 program. It also explains the Committee’s remuneration decisions made in FY15 for the KMP, consisting of the below Non-Executive Directors and Executives.
| Name | Position | Country | Term as KMP |
|---|---|---|---|
| Non-Executive Directors | |||
| Geoffrey N Brunsdon | Chairperson and Independent Non-Executive Director | Australia | Full Year |
| Robert J Bass | Independent Non-Executive Director | USA | Full Year |
| John T DiLacqua | Independent Non-Executive Director | USA | Full Year |
| Georgia Nelson1 | Independent Non-Executive Director | USA | Partial Year |
| Deborah O’Toole1 | Independent Non-Executive Director | Australia | Partial Year |
| Christopher J Renwick | Independent Non-Executive Director | Australia | Full Year |
| Heather Ridout | Independent Non-Executive Director | Australia | Full Year |
| Tamotsu (Tom) Sato | Non-Independent Non-Executive Director | Japan | Full Year |
| James T Thompson | Independent Non-Executive Director | USA | Full Year |
| Former Non-Executive Directors | |||
| Norman R Bobins2 | Independent Non-Executive Director | USA | Partial Year |
| Gerald E Morris2 | Independent Non-Executive Director | USA | Partial Year |
| Executives | |||
| Executive Director and Group CEO | |||
| Galdino Claro | Group Chief Executive Offcer and Managing Director | USA | Full Year |
| Executives | |||
| Fred Knechtel3 | Group Chief Financial Offcer | USA | Partial Year |
| William Schmiedel4 | President – Global Trade | USA | Full Year |
| Darron McGree5 | Managing Director – Australia and New Zealand Metals | Australia | Full Year |
| Stephen Skurnac | President – Global Sims RecyclingSolutions(SRS) | USA | Full Year |
| Former Executives | |||
| Robert Kelman6 | Managing Director – European Metals | USA | N/A |
| Robert C Larry7 | GroupChief Financial Offcer | USA | N/A |
1 Appointed to the Board on 1 November 2014.
- 2 Retired from the Board on 13 November 2014.
3 Mr Knechtel joined the Company on 28 October 2014.
4 Mr Schmiedel’s role expanded in FY15 to be more strategic in nature.
5 Mr McGree’s employment with the Company ended on 30 June 2015.
6 In FY14, Mr Kelman was President – North America Metals. In FY15, this role was assumed by Mr Claro and Mr Kelman was seconded to the United Kingdom in a new developmental role as Managing Director – European Metals. This new role was not considered to be a KMP.
- 7 Mr Larry’s employment with the Company ended on 21 August 2014.
41
1.2 Actual Remuneration Outcomes for FY15
| Remuneration component | Outcome |
|---|---|
| Fixed remuneration | • After freezing executive fxed remuneration levels for existing KMP in FY14, some of our Executives |
| received remuneration increases in FY15. | |
| • Darron McGree received a package increase of 3.5% effective from 1 July 2014. | |
| • Stephen Skurnac received a salary increase of 2.4% effective from 1 July 2014. | |
| Short-term incentive (STI) | •STI payments were lower than target, due to performance against our key fnancial |
| measure, ROCCE, generally being below target. | |
| • The Group CEO received 81% of his target STI opportunity. The individual performance goals for | |
| the Group CEO, as determined by the Committee, were based on specifc goals within three main | |
| categories – safety, compliance and strategic objectives. | |
| • The Executives (excluding the Group CEO) received STI awards ranging from 12% to 180% of their | |
| target STI opportunities based on ROCCE and individual performance. ROCCE for the full year | |
| was above threshold and below target at the Group level, below threshold for the Australia and | |
| New Zealand Metals business, and maximum for the Global SRS business. | |
| Long-term incentive (LTI) | •No performance rights vested during the yearas the Company’s TSR performance was |
| below the median against its TSR peer group. | |
| •Options vested during the yearin accordance with the terms of their grant. | |
| • On his hire date, 15 November 2013, the Group CEO received an RSU award equating to a value | |
| of US$1 million, half of which vested on 1 December 2014. | |
| • Mr McGree was the only KMP who exercised options or phantom options during FY15. |
In the context of the above comments, actual remuneration received by Executives during FY15 is set out below. This disclosure is provided on a voluntary basis to provide additional transparency and to clearly demonstrate the strong linkage between ‘at-risk’ pay and Company performance.
As seen in the table below, actual incentive pay was lower than target incentive pay. LTI awards were significantly lower than the amounts that are required to be disclosed in the statutory remuneration table (see Section 4).
| Actual | Target | ||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Fixed | Actual | Target | long-term | long-term | Actual total | Target total | |
| Executives (A$) | remuneration1 | cash bonus2 | cash bonus3 | incentives4 | incentives | remuneration | remuneration |
| G Claro5 | 1,501,259 | 1,108,895 | 1,371,988 | 711,123 | 2,743,975 | 3,321,277 | 5,617,222 |
| F Knechtel5 | 661,631 | 693,524 | 835,123 | – | 1,252,684 | 1,355,155 | 2,749,438 |
| W Schmiedel5 | 1,012,615 | 794,573 | 944,882 | 108,040 | 944,882 | 1,915,228 | 2,902,379 |
| D McGree | 781,863 | 94,711 | 778,568 | 198,972 | 778,568 | 1,075,546 | 2,338,999 |
| S Skurnac5 | 964,635 | 825,379 | 458,125 | 50,152 | 610,833 | 1,840,166 | 2,033,593 |
1 Fixed remuneration includes cash salary, other benefits, pension and superannuation, and annual leave accruals. It is the same as the statutory remuneration disclosures.
2 Actual cash bonus refers to the Executive’s total bonus that was earned in FY15, and will be paid in September 2015 following the finalisation of the Company’s audited financial results. These figures are the same as the statutory remuneration disclosures. Mr Knechtel received a US$200,000 signing bonus upon commencement of employment. Mr Schmiedel received a bonus based on the profitability of the Global Trade business in the amount of US$25,885.
3 For the definition of target cash bonus, refer to section 3.4.
4 Actual LTI refers to options granted in prior years that vested during FY15. The value has been calculated using the closing share price of the Company’s shares on the business day prior to vesting after deducting the exercise price. There is no value attributable to performance rights because none vested in FY15. Mr Claro had an RSU award which partially vested on 1 December 2014. The value is determined based on the share price on the day of vest. The LTI value is significantly lower than target LTI and is different to the LTI figures in the statutory remuneration table. This is because the LTI figures in the statutory remuneration table reflect the amortised value of the entire LTI award (that may or may not vest) in accordance with the accounting standards.
5 All KMPs, except for Mr McGree, received their cash payments in United States dollars.
Directors’ Report REMUNERATION REPORT
42
1.3 Outlook for FY16
While we will continue to strengthen our executive remuneration framework in FY16, we will be revisiting the overall design to ensure that performance measures in our incentive plans are strongly aligned with our key performance drivers and the Company’s 5 year strategic plan advised to the market on 23 July 2014.
Specifically, in the STI plan, we will seek to align the STI performance goals to the strategic plan through incorporation of our FY16 budget in the performance goals for our portfolio of businesses. The STI plan will be based 80% on financial performance (ROCCE) and 20% on non-financial and individual goals. For FY16, Regional Executives will now see 25% of their financial goals tied to Group ROCCE results, as opposed to 20% in FY15. Tying Regional Executives’ STI to Group financial performance encourages collaboration at the Group level and a focus on Group results.
For FY16, achievement of budget will generate a target STI payout. Achievement of financial goals will be measured using a range which defines threshold as being 80% of target up to a maximum of 130% of target. In FY15, this range was defined as 85% of target (for threshold) to 125% of target (for maximum).
For the LTI plan, we continuously look at the structure of our plan design to assess its competitiveness by international standards and the global labour market for key talent in which we compete. With the tax treatment of employee share schemes in Australia changing from 1 July 2015, the Company anticipates discontinuing phantom option grants under the LTI plan for our Australian participants commencing in FY16. As such, annual equity awards for our Executives will only consist of performance rights and options.
The table below indicates how our remuneration framework will be aligned to our key performance drivers in FY16.
| Performance driver | How the driver is incorporated into the Executive remuneration framework |
|---|---|
| Increasing alignment with shareholders | LTI • A signifcant portion of the Executives’ total remuneration opportunity (50% for the Group CEO and between 33% and 42% for Executives) is delivered as equity in the LTI plan • 50% of the performance rights in the LTI plan are based on relative TSR • 100% of the options are only expected to be exercised if there has been absolute share price growth |
| Strong fnancial performance | STI • 80% of the Group CEO’s and Group Executives’ STI is based on Group ROCCE • 20% of the Regional Executives’ STI fnancial goals is based on Group ROCCE, with 80% being based on business unit ROCCE |
| LTI • 50% of the performance rights in the LTI plan are based on earnings per share |
|
| Strong safety performance | STI • Long-term injury frequency rate and medically-treated injury frequency rate are included in the 20% allocated to non-fnancial measures in the STI plan |
| Alignment with 5 year strategic plan | STI • Goals that are directly linked to the execution of the 5 year strategic plan for the fnancial year will be included in the 20% allocated to non-fnancial measures in the STI plan. This encourages a focus on multi-year performance |
| Strong compliance performance | STI • Maintaining a strong internal control structure as well as procedures for fnancial reporting will be included in the 20% allocated to non-fnancial measures in the STI plan |
~~2 REMUNERATION GOVERNANCE~~
We have a strong remuneration governance framework, with the Board being ultimately responsible for the Company’s executive remuneration practices. The Remuneration Committee advises the Board in making remuneration decisions.
2.1 Remuneration Philosophy
Our remuneration philosophy is designed to provide remuneration that:
-
attracts, motivates and retains the best and brightest senior executives, leadership and staff personnel;
-
drives the Company’s strategic plan; and
-
aligns reward opportunities with shareholder interests.
Due to our global scale, our remuneration practices take into account local market practice, particularly in the USA, our largest geographic region, where we compete for much of our talent and business. Our executive remuneration framework consists of fixed remuneration, short-term incentives and long-term incentives.
2.2 The Remuneration Committee
The primary role of the Remuneration Committee (Committee) is to support and advise the Board on the implementation and maintenance of coherent, fair and responsible remuneration policies and practices, which are observed by the Company and which enable it to attract and retain executives and directors who will create value for shareholders. The Remuneration Committee Charter, a copy of which is available on the Company’s website at www.simsmm.com, provides further information on the role and responsibilities of the Committee.
43
The diagram below illustrates the role of the Board, the Committee, management and external advisors (including remuneration consultants) in relation to remuneration:
BOARD
==> picture [240 x 8] intentionally omitted <==
----- Start of picture text -----
(Reviews and approves the recommendations made by the Committee)
----- End of picture text -----
Final recommendations made by the Committee are reviewed and approved by the Board in respect of:
-
Executive remuneration philosophy and policies
-
Executive remuneration and incentive performance packages
-
Introduction and application of equity-based schemes
-
The establishment and review of performance goals for the Group CEO
-
Executive recruitment, retention and termination policies
-
Non-Executive Directors’ fees and framework
REMUNERATION COMMITTEE EXTERNAL REMUNERATION (Reviews and makes recommendations to the Board) CONSULTANT
Members of the Committee during FY15 were:
-
Christopher J Renwick – Chairperson
-
Geoffrey N Brunsdon – Member
-
Georgia Nelson – Member
Engaged directly by the Committee to provide advice and market updates in relation to Non-Executive Directors and executive remuneration matters
-
James T Thompson – Member
-
Heather Ridout – Member
The Committee considers recommendations presented by management in developing an executive remuneration philosophy, policy and framework aligned to the Company’s overall strategic direction. Mr Bass is Chairperson of the Risk, Audit & Compliance Committee and seeks to ensure that remuneration practices are designed in a risk-aware manner and are consistent with the Company’s overall risk management framework
MANAGEMENT (Makes recommendations to the Committee in developing and implementing the remuneration strategy)
In addition to the above, in recognition of the value and advantages of having a diversified workforce and consistent with the Company’s Workforce Diversity Policy (a copy of which can be found on the Company’s website at www.simsmm.com), the Committee is responsible for reviewing and approving the measureable objectives for achieving diversity as noted in the Company’s Corporate Governance Statement.
2.3 Committee Activities
During FY15, the Committee met on five occasions, with remuneration matters a standing agenda item on each occasion. The Committee has a strong focus on the relationship between business performance, risk management and remuneration, with the following activities occurring during the financial year:
-
Review of key senior executive appointments and terminations
-
Review of Short Term Incentive (STI) and Long Term Incentive (LTI) arrangements
-
Review of reward outcomes (Fixed, STI and LTI) for key senior executives
-
Review of diversity and inclusion initiatives
-
Review of succession plans for key senior executives
-
Review of non-executive directors’ fees
-
Appointment of the remuneration consultant
Directors’ Report REMUNERATION REPORT
44
2.4 Peer Group and Competitive Positioning
Our remuneration program is designed to reward achievement of financial, strategic and personal goals and to attract, retain and motivate our leaders in our highly competitive market for top talent.
The Committee, in consultation with its independent external remuneration consultant Ernst & Young, periodically examines the composition, pay practices and remuneration data for a group of domestic and international listed companies, as a source of benchmarking data to better understand the appropriate total value and mix of pay for our KMP. Our remuneration decisions are based on the level of Company and individual performance; hence, benchmarking data is used solely to assess the competitiveness of remuneration across our comparator group within our industry.
The Committee looks at each company in the comparator group and each component of remuneration – fixed; STI and LTI (and the nature of the hurdles) – to satisfy itself that KMP remuneration is both competitive in the markets in which the Company operates and competes for talent, and can be regarded as reasonable from the views and interest of our shareholders.
Based on the Committee’s annual review, with input from Ernst & Young, no changes were made to the peer group in FY15, which comprises the 15 listed companies below. The Committee believes that these companies continue to be a reasonable group to benchmark remuneration practices:
FY15 Sims Metal Management Peer Group – Australian listed companies
| Arrium Limited | Boral Limited | |
|---|---|---|
| BlueScope Steel Limited | Brambles Limited | |
| FY15 Sims Metal Management Peer Group | – USA listed companies | |
| AK Steel Holding Corporation | Nucor Corporation | Steel Dynamics Inc. |
| Allegheny Technologies Inc. | Reliance Steel & Aluminum Co. | USG Corporation |
| Commercial Metals Co. | Republic Services Inc. | Waste Management Inc. |
| Masco Corporation | Schnitzer Steel Industries Inc. |
The Committee recognizes that while data may be available on the performance of our non-US listed peer companies, the remuneration data is limited in terms of comparable benchmarks and other information for certain non-US peers. Therefore, the remuneration peer group differs from the TSR peer group considering size of the companies and the availability of publicly disclosed executive remuneration levels.
Given the disparate measures of size in the remuneration peer group, the Committee does not set a specific target remuneration percentile based on peer market data alone. Based on recent benchmark analyses, the target total remuneration at the Group CEO level is below median of comparable CEOs within the remuneration peer group.
2.5 External Remuneration Consultant
In FY15, the Committee appointed Ernst & Young as its remuneration advisor. During the financial year, Ernst & Young provided the Committee with market updates and advice in relation to Non-Executive Directors and executive remuneration matters, including the compensation of the Group CEO.
During FY15, no remuneration recommendations, as defined under the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth), were provided by Ernst & Young.
2.6 Risk Management
The Company’s remuneration framework is structured to provide a balance of cash and equity; short-term and long-term incentives with individual and financial objectives over various performance periods. The Company’s remuneration programs are designed to encourage the right amount of risk-taking that is consistent with our business goals and strategic imperatives. The remuneration programs are also designed to support the Company’s commitment to operating in a manner consistent with the highest standards of corporate governance, which is fundamental to promoting investors’ confidence and creating long-term value.
The following policies and procedures relating to the Company’s remuneration programs help discourage imprudent risk taking:
-
The remuneration programs incorporate performance metrics over multiple time frames to discourage undue focus on near term results, or on any one specific metric in order to reinforce a balance in performance measures
-
The STI and LTI plans contain a cap on the maximum payout achievable
-
Under our LTI plan, awards are unvested for at least three years under the plan’s performance-based vesting schedule
-
Performance rights are used for the annual awards to Executives
-
The remuneration plan design requires all payouts under our STI and LTI plans to be subject to the discretion of the Committee
45
~~3 REMUNERATION FRAMEWORK~~
Our executive remuneration framework is heavily skewed towards variable pay to drive Company performance, with 75% of the Group CEO’s target pay, and between 63-71% of target pay for the other Executives, being at-risk, subject to challenging short-term and long-term hurdles.
3.1 Remuneration Principles and Strategy
The Group operates from more than 200 locations across five continents. Given our global scale, it is imperative that the executive remuneration policy and framework reflect the international nature of the Company and the fact that our executives are based throughout the world.
As the Company’s success is dependent upon the quality of its people, the primary aim of the Company’s executive remuneration policy is to recognize and reward outstanding achievement, and to attract, motivate and retain high calibre leaders to support our long-term growth objectives and return value to our shareholders. To do so, the Company provides executive remuneration packages that are competitive and commensurate with executive responsibilities and accountabilities.
The executive remuneration policy also seeks to ensure alignment with the Company’s remuneration philosophy, strategic plan and shareholder interests. The Committee believes this practice ensures that the Company’s remuneration policies and principles reflect the global environment through appropriately balancing competitive market practice in the USA, UK and Australia.
The remuneration framework is continually reviewed by the Committee to promote good governance and serve the best interest of our shareholders and stakeholders. The Company also undertakes an annual remuneration review to determine the total remuneration positioning of our executives relative to the market.
A snapshot of the Company’s remuneration principles and its components, and how they support the Company’s overall vision is illustrated in the diagram below.
MISSION
Our mission is to be the best in class recycler of metals and electronics in all markets we operate. Our industry leadership will be driven by the strengths of our partnership with our suppliers, the excellence of our products and services to our customers, and the attractiveness of our returns to shareholders.
| REMUNERATION PRINCIPLES | REMUNERATION PRINCIPLES | REMUNERATION PRINCIPLES | REMUNERATION PRINCIPLES | REMUNERATION PRINCIPLES |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| Reward capability, experience and performance against business strategy |
Provide a competitive reward for contribution to growth in shareholder wealth |
Provide a clear structure for earning rewards |
Provide recognition for individual performance contributions in line with the Company’s strategic plan |
Support the Company’s core values of safety, integrity, respect, transparency and social responsibility |
==> picture [507 x 218] intentionally omitted <==
----- Start of picture text -----
REMUNERATION COMPONENTS
Fixed remuneration Short-term incentive Long-term incentive
What is the purpose of this To be able to attract and retain To reward executives for To retain executives and ensure their
remuneration component? quality talent. Company, business unit and interests and rewards are aligned
individual contributions. with the longer term interests and
rewards of shareholders.
How is this remuneration Based on capability, experience, Based on financial targets (ROCCE) All equity is subject to
component determined? responsibilities and accountability, and individual performance goals continued service.
commensurate with role. (such as safety, environment and Hurdles are based on relative
Set with reference to market data sustainability, implementation TSR, earnings per share, and
against a relevant peer group. of the strategic plan, talent absolute share price appreciation
management and shareholder (inherent in the options).
and community relations).
Over what period is Not applicable 12 months. Performance rights have a 3 year
performance assessed? performance period.
Options vest over 1-3 years,
and can be exercised up to the
end of Year 7.
How is this remuneration Annual salary, benefits and Cash. Performance rights and options.
component delivered? pension/superannuation.
----- End of picture text -----
Directors’ Report REMUNERATION REPORT
46
3.2 Total Target Remuneration mix
Under our remuneration framework, a mix of fixed and variable pay components is included with different time horizons and payout forms used to reward both annual and long-term sustainable performance. A strong pay-for-performance culture inherent in our incentive plan designs provides a direct link between pay and financial outcomes through the use of performance measures that are tied directly to financial achievement and our strategic initiatives.
In line with the Company’s intent to ensure our Executive remuneration framework is aligned to the Company’s performance, a significant portion of an Executive’s remuneration is ‘at-risk’. ‘At-risk’ means an absence of certainty regarding the payment of a particular component of remuneration in the event agreed-upon performance hurdles or employment conditions are not met during the performance period. Details on each of these Plans are outlined below.
The following chart sets out the FY15 total target remuneration mix; that is, fixed remuneration (salary/package), target STI, and LTI for the Executives:
Total target remuneration mix
| Group CEO | 25% | 25% | 50% |
|---|---|---|---|
| Group CFO | 29% | 29% | 42% |
| MD, AUS & NZ Metals | 34% | 33% | 33% |
| President Global Trade | 34% | 33% | 33% |
| President Global SRS | 37% | 27% | 36% |
Fixed STI (at risk) LTI (at risk)
3.3 Fixed remuneration
Fixed remuneration primarily seeks to attract and retain high calibre Executives. It provides competitive opportunities for remuneration commensurate with job scope, required competencies, and performance.
Fixed remuneration comprises base salary and benefits:
-
Base salary is determined on an individual basis, taking into consideration the individual’s capability, experience, responsibilities and accountability, as well as external market factors and benchmark data.
-
Benefits programs vary by market and may include health insurance, life and disability insurance, retirement programs (depending on national government and tax regulations) and automobile allowances.
Remuneration packages (including fixed components of base salaries and benefits) are reviewed annually. In reviewing any changes to Executive remuneration, the Committee references individual performance, as well as its competitiveness against the remuneration peer group (provided under Section 2.4 of this report).
There are no guaranteed increases to any components of fixed remuneration for any of the Executives.
3.4 Variable Remuneration
The ‘at-risk’ component of remuneration comprises both short-term and long-term incentives.
3.4.1 STI Plan
Key developments in FY15:
Threshold Group ROCCE for the full financial year had to be achieved before any STI payments were awarded to the Group CEO and Group Executives. In addition, both the Group CEO and Group Executives continued to have 80% of their target STI based on Group ROCCE for FY15. Regional Executives had 80% of the financial portion of their STI (or 64% of their total STI target) based on business unit ROCCE; the remaining 20% of the financial portion of their STI (or 16% of their total STI target) was based on Group ROCCE. To receive the 20% of target STI based on non-financial measures, Executives had to achieve a threshold level of ROCCE for FY15.
Executives are eligible to participate in the Company’s STI plan. The Committee believes that the STI plan is a key motivator to drive alignment with Company strategy and values, by rewarding for a mix of Company, business unit and individual contributions.
47
The table below summarises the key aspects of the STI plan.
| What is the STI plan? | • Under the STI plan, eligible employees have an opportunity to earn an annual cash incentive based on the achievement of pre-defned fnancial (ROCCE) targets and individual goals over the fnancial year. • Company, business unit and individual goals are set on an annual basis, to align with achievement of the Company’s fnancial, business, and strategic priorities. |
• Under the STI plan, eligible employees have an opportunity to earn an annual cash incentive based on the achievement of pre-defned fnancial (ROCCE) targets and individual goals over the fnancial year. • Company, business unit and individual goals are set on an annual basis, to align with achievement of the Company’s fnancial, business, and strategic priorities. |
|---|---|---|
| What is ROCCE and why is it used? |
• ROCCE is an acronym that means return on controlled capital employed and is calculated as proft divided by funds deployed: – Proft in the numerator refers to earnings before interest and taxes which the Committee believes represents ordinary earnings within the infuence of management. – Controlled capital employed (CCE) in the denominator is total funds used by management in the business and represents the average balances of CCE (net assets adjusted for cash, external borrowings, taxes and intercompany balances) throughout the fnancial year to generate ordinary earnings. – ROCCE rewards investment decisions that deliver higher returns (effcient use of capital) rather than just increased profts. • Debt capital cannot be used by management to manipulate higher net asset returns since debt is not subtracted in determining the funds employed in the denominator. • For these reasons ROCCE is selected as the most appropriate measure of management’s success in delivering shareholder value. • ROCCE is subject to adjustments as approved at the Committee’s discretion. |
|
| What is the range of STI opportunity? |
• The STI is determined by reference to three hurdles: – Threshold – Target – Maximum • For FY15, the threshold was determined by reference to 85% of target. At threshold, a portion of target STI is paid depending on an individual’s position and this increases in a linear fashion to 100% at target. STI payments as they relate to individual performance goals cannot be paid unless the ROCCE threshold performance is reached. • The STI target opportunity is 100% of fxed remuneration for the Group CEO, and ranges from 75% to 100% of fxed remuneration for Executives. • The actual STI award can range from a minimum of nil to a maximum of 200% of the target opportunity for all Executives (including the Group CEO) depending upon performance achieved against pre-defned goals. |
|
| What is the fnancial gateway? |
• In FY14, a fnancial gateway was introduced into the STI plan. This means that a fnancial threshold must be achieved before any STI payment is made: – For the Group CEO and Group Executives, the fnancial gateway is threshold Group ROCCE (for the full fnancial year), which must be achieved before any of the payment is awarded. – For Regional Executives, the Group ROCCE threshold must be achieved before any of the Group fnancial component is awarded. The business unit ROCCE threshold must be achieved before any payment can be made against the business unit ROCCE or individual goals. • A fnancial gateway creates stronger alignment between STI payments and Company fnancial performance. |
|
| What is the weighting between Group, business unit and individual performance goals? |
Once the fnancial gateway is achieved, the STI plan rewards eligible employees for both fnancial and individual goals. The below table shows the weight attributable to each STI measure. Position Financial measures Individual goals (subject to ROCCE threshold) Group ROCCE Business unit ROCCE |
|
| Group CEO | 80% N/A 20% |
|
| Group Executives | 80% N/A 20% |
|
| Regional Executives | 16% 64% 20% |
Directors’ Report
REMUNERATION REPORT
48
| What are the Group | • The Group CEO and Group Executives have 80% of their STI dependent upon Group ROCCE. |
|---|---|
| and business unit | • The Regional Executives have 80% of the fnancial portion of their STI (or 64% of their total STI target) |
| measures and why | based on business unit ROCCE, creating strong line of sight to the level of ROCCE that they can infuence. |
| were they chosen? | The remaining 20% of the fnancial portion of their STI (or 16% of their total STI target) is based on Group |
| ROCCE to encourage collaboration at the Group level and a focus on Group results. | |
| • ROCCE was chosen to represent 80% of the STI measures because it is the Company’s key fnancial | |
| measure. See above for further information on ROCCE. | |
| What are the individual | • Individual non-fnancial goals are set in several key performance areas focusing on individual initiatives that |
| goals and why were | are critical to the overall success of the Company and the execution of the Company’s 5 year strategic plan. |
| they chosen? | • For the Group CEO, the Committee established for FY15 a matrix of approximately ten specifc criteria |
| summarised into three categories – safety (refecting Long-Term Injury Frequency Rate and recordable | |
| injuries), compliance and strategic objectives. | |
| • For the other Executives, the individual goals may include: | |
| Individual goals Description |
|
| Safety, Health, Environment, • Reduction in critical safety incident metrics (i.e. Long-Term Injury |
|
| Community & Sustainability Frequency Rate and Medically-Treated Injury Frequency Rate) and |
|
| (SHECS) environmental incidents |
|
| • Increase in community involvement activity | |
| Compliance • Ensure a strong internal control environment |
|
| Strategic measures • Achievement of critical initiatives in support of the Company’s 5 year |
|
| strategic plan | |
| Talent management • This includes measures such as succession planning (eg identifying 1-3 |
|
| year succession candidates) and management development (eg addressing | |
| talent gaps identifed during the succession planning process) | |
| Why aren’t the | • The Committee understands the desire for greater transparency of specifc targets. However, given the |
| specifc performance | Company’s size and position in the industry, the Company believes disclosing precise fnancial/individual goals |
| targets disclosed? | would put it at a competitive disadvantage due to commercial sensitivity. |
| How are the performance | • The fnancial hurdles are determined by referencing the Company’s current year budget and cost of capital |
| measures determined? | in consideration of the current economic cycle. |
| • The individual goals are determined taking into consideration the areas of specifc focus by the Group CEO | |
| and Executives to support the delivery of the Company’s 5 year strategic plan. | |
| How is performance | Assessing Company performance: |
| assessed? | • First, the fnancial gateway of Group ROCCE/business unit ROCCE is assessed. If the fnancial gateway |
| is not met, there are no payments made under the STI plan. | |
| • Second, if the fnancial gateway is met, payment is then determined by reference to ROCCE and individual | |
| goals. Once the threshold hurdle is met, awards against the ROCCE targets are linear in calculation until the | |
| maximum hurdle is reached. | |
| • Actual performance against the fnancial targets is set out in Section 3.4.3. | |
| Assessing individual performance | |
| • An individual’s performance is rated on a scale of 0 to 4. Participants must receive a weighted average rating | |
| of at least 2.0 (meets expectations) in order to receive target payment based on the individual performance | |
| component. A rating below 1.75 results in no award with regard to the individual performance component. | |
| • The Group CEO’s performance is assessed by the Committee and a recommended payment is approved | |
| by the Board. Each Executive’s performance is assessed by the Group CEO, and recommended payments | |
| are considered and, if appropriate, approved by the Committee. | |
| Does the Board | • The Board maintains full discretion over the level of any STI awards paid to the Group CEO and Executives. |
| have discretion? | |
| How is the STI delivered? | • The STI is delivered as cash. Any payments are made in September following the fnalisation of the Company’s |
| audited fnancial results. |
49
| Why is there no STI | • During FY15, the Committee considered the introduction of STI deferral for the Group CEO and Executives. |
|---|---|
| deferral and clawback? | However, given the Group CEO and Executives have a meaningful weighting on the LTI in their remuneration |
| mix (ranging from 33% to 50%), the Committee concluded that it was not necessary at this time to introduce | |
| STI deferral for shareholder alignment or retention purposes. | |
| • The Company currently does not have a policy that allows for the clawback of STI payments. The Committee | |
| recognises that the clawback of STI payments may be appropriate in certain circumstances and the Company | |
| may consider introducing a clawback policy in the future. | |
| What are the | • A voluntary termination prior to the last calendar day of the fnancial year will result in no STI being paid for |
| termination provisions? | the year unless the Committee determines otherwise. Upon a qualifying cessation (i.e. generally, termination |
| due to death, permanent disability, redundancy, or in other circumstances determined at the discretion of | |
| the Board), STI performance for the relevant period will be assessed and paid. See Section 5 for further | |
| information on the Group CEO’s entitlement to any STI on termination. | |
| • No STI payments will be made in the case of termination for cause. |
3.4.2 LTI Plan
The LTI plan seeks to be competitive across the Company’s key geographical areas, being the USA, UK and Australia. Accordingly, a portion of an annual grant under the LTI plan is based on rights subject to relative TSR and EPS (consistent with Australian market practice) and a portion is based on options which an Executive would only be expected to exercise, and realise the rewards of, if there has been absolute share price growth (consistent with USA market practice).
The Company believes that the LTI plan is one of the more rigorous in the market because Executives only receive full LTI vesting if there has been earnings growth, absolute share price growth, and superior relative total shareholder returns. Both rights and options are also subject to continued service.
The diagram below outlines the key characteristics of the annual grant under the FY15 LTI plan:
Performance rights
-
Constitutes 80% of the Group CEO LTI award and 67% of the Executive LTI award.
-
50% subject to relative TSR, 50% subject to EPS. All rights are based on continued service.
==> picture [505 x 30] intentionally omitted <==
----- Start of picture text -----
100%
Year Year 1 Year 2 Year 3
----- End of picture text -----
Options/phantom options
-
Constitutes 20% of the Group CEO LTI award and 33% of the Executive LTI award.
-
100% based on absolute share price growth and continued service.
==> picture [506 x 218] intentionally omitted <==
----- Start of picture text -----
33%
33%
33%
Year Year 1 Year 2 Year 3 Year 7
Vesting period [ 1] Exercise period
1 Note that the options vest on the last business day of August at the end of the relevant vesting period.
Further detail on the annual grants under the FY15 LTI plan is outlined in the table below.
What is the purpose • The LTI plan incentivises Executives to achieve earnings, share price and relative total shareholder return targets
of the LTI plan? over a 1-3 year period (80% of the Group CEO’s grant and 2/3 of the other Executives’ grants are not eligible for
vesting until the third year). Executive rewards under the LTI plan are aligned with the shareholder experience as
the ultimate reward an Executive receives is dependent upon the Company’s share price.
What is the frequency and • The Company’s shareholders approved an LTI award for the Group CEO at the Company’s 2014 Annual
timing of the awards? General Meeting (AGM). In conjunction with the AGM, the Committee approved and granted LTI awards
for the Executives.
• Awards are typically made on an annual basis.
----- End of picture text -----
Directors’ Report REMUNERATION REPORT
50
| What instruments are offered under the LTI plan? |
The table below provides further information on the three equity instruments: Instrument Description |
|---|---|
| Performance rights • A performance right is a contractual right to acquire an ordinary share for nil consideration if specifed performance conditions are met. All the Executives received performance rights. |
|
| Options • An option is a contract that gives the holder the right, but not the obligation, to acquire an ordinary share at a fxed price over a specifed period of time. In respect of option grants prior to FY14, USA participants have their options settled in American Depositary Shares (ADSs) unless otherwise determined by the Board. • Options reward Executives for absolute share price performance because the options only have value if the Company’s share price exceeds the exercise price at the end of the vesting period. All the Executives, other than Mr McGree, received options. |
|
| Phantom options • Phantom options operate in the same manner as options; however, they are cash-settled rather than equity-settled. Accordingly, rather than receiving an ordinary share in the Company upon exercise, the Executive receives the equivalent value in cash. • Because of its differing securities laws and taxation treatments, phantom options have been offered to participants in Australia since 1 July 2010. Mr McGree, given he is resident in Australia, is the only Executive who received phantom options. • With the tax treatment of employee share schemes in Australia changing from 1 July 2015, the Company anticipates discontinuing phantom option grants under the LTI plan for our Australian participants commencing in FY16. |
|
| Why are options included as part of the LTI plan? |
• Options are a small component of the LTI award, representing 20% of the LTI opportunity for the Group CEO and 33% of the LTI opportunity for the Executives. • Options are included in the LTI plan because it is critical that the Company, in light of the geographic spread of its operations and talent pool, has a globally competitive remuneration framework. While the grant of rights subject to relative TSR and EPS refects Australian competitive market practice, the grant of options subject to vesting over a 1-3 year period refects competitive USA market practice. If options were not included as part of the LTI plan, there is a risk that the Company would not be able to attract quality talent in the USA, its largest operating jurisdiction. |
| What is the target and maximum LTI opportunity? |
• The target LTI opportunity is 200% of fxed remuneration for the Group CEO and ranges between 100% and 150% of fxed remuneration for Executives. • The maximum LTI opportunity is dependent on the number of rights that vest, the number of options that are exercised, and the Company’s share price at the vesting/exercise date. |
| How is the number of LTI awards determined? |
• The number of rights and options granted is determined based on the fair value of the rights and options on the date of approval by the Committee. The fair value of rights is calculated by Mercer for the Committee using a Black-Scholes, Binomial or Monte Carlo simulation option pricing model as appropriate. • The Company uses a discounted fair value approach in determining the size of LTI grants to be consistent with the grant date fair value used for expensing and to refect the degree of diffculty in goal achievement. This method also considers the approach used by Mercer in obtaining competitive data from the Company’s Australian remuneration peer group companies, where Mercer applied discounts to peer company target LTI values to refect the risk of forfeiture from performing below levels required to receive full target payouts. • As a result of the discounts, market LTIs for the Australian peer companies that are reviewed by the Committee are reported at much lower than target levels. The comparable adjustment for the Company is determined at grant using the fair value approach to determining the number of target shares based on the target dollar value. |
51
| What are the performance measures and why were they chosen? |
|
|---|---|
| Absolute share price growth (100% of options) • Options have an inherent absolute share price growth hurdle, being the exercise price. This is because the Company’s share price must increase and exceed the exercise price at the end of the vesting period for the options to deliver value to participants. • The exercise price of options is set at grant, and is equal to the average closing share price for the fve days preceding the grant date.1 • The options vest in three equal instalments over a three-year period. Specifcally, for grants made in FY15, each instalment vests on the last business day of August, as follows: – One-third in 2015 • Options reward absolute growth in shareholder wealth. • The use of options is common market practice in the USA, where the Company competes for much of its talent and business. • The tiered vesting schedule over 1-3 years refects common market practice in the USA. |
-
One-third in 2015,
-
One-third in 2016, and
-
– One-third in 2017.
-
Options expire seven years after the date of grant.
1 For USA based Executives, option awards are not Incentive Stock Options for the purposes of section 422 of the United States Internal Revenue Code.
Directors’ Report REMUNERATION REPORT
52
| Do participants | • Holders of rights and options are not entitled to dividends over the term of the relevant vesting period |
|---|---|
| receive dividends? | (and in the case of options, until exercised). |
| Treatment of awards on | • As all instruments are subject to a continuous service provision, where a participant resigns, or is terminated |
| termination of employment | for cause, his or her awards are forfeited. |
| • Where termination of employment is the result of a qualifying cessation (i.e. generally death, permanent | |
| disablement, redundancy, or in other circumstances at the discretion of the Board), a participant will be | |
| entitled to his or her unvested awards subject to any performance conditions, in accordance with the original | |
| vesting schedule. | |
| • Any unvested rights held by an eligible terminated participant will be tested at the end of the relevant | |
| performance period. Any unvested awards will lapse at the end of the relevant performance period. In respect | |
| of the Group CEO’s entitlement to any continual vesting under the LTI plan on termination, see further Section 5. | |
| How are awards treated | • The Board has the discretion to immediately vest the rights and options prior to their vesting date if there is |
| on a change of control? | a change of control event. |
| • The rights and options will immediately vest in the event that a takeover bid of the Company is recommended | |
| by the Board, or a scheme of arrangement concerning the Company, which would have a similar effect to | |
| a full takeover bid, is approved by the Company’s shareholders. |
3.4.3 Link between ‘at-risk’ remuneration and Company performance
Outlined below is the Company’s performance against key metrics over the past five financial years. The amounts below include both continuing and discontinued operations.
| Financial Year | |
|---|---|
| 2015 20141 20131 20121 2011 |
|
| Proft/(Loss) Before Interest and Tax (A$m) Diluted EPS (cents) Return on Shareholders’ Equity Total dividends (cents) Shareprice at 30 June A$ |
145.5 (27.6) (470.4) (624.0) 293.1 53.3 (43.5) (228.6) (302.7) 90.9 5.2% (4.9%) (24.2%) (27.3%) 6.4% 29.0 10.0 0.0 20.0 47.0 10.42 9.68 8.26 9.61 17.65 |
1 FY14, FY13 and FY12 reflect goodwill and other intangible impairment charges of A$28.5 million, A$304.4 million and A$675.6 million respectively.
Linkage of STI outcomes to Company performance
The Group CEO and Group Executives have 80% of their target STI based on Group ROCCE, being Profit Before Interest and Tax (PBIT) divided by Average Controlled Capital Employed. The Regional Executives have 16% of their target STI based on Group ROCCE, with 64% based on business unit ROCCE. The remaining percentage of the STI for the Group CEO and Executives is based on individual performance goals (with a threshold ROCCE required to be achieved before any payments are made).
The table below outlines FY15 Group and business unit performance against the STI ROCCE targets. Below threshold performance as indicated resulted in no payout.
| resulted in no payout. | ||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Financial | ||||||
| Group/business unit | G Claro | F Knechtel | W Schmiedel | D McGree | S Skurnac | performance |
| Group | « | « |
« |
« | « | ¼ |
| Global SRS | « | � |
||||
| Australia/New Zealand Metals | « | ½ |
½ Below threshold ¼ Above threshold � At maximum
53
The table below outlines the proportion of the target STI that was earned and forfeited.
| The table below outlines the proportion | of the target STI that was earned and forfeited. | ||
|---|---|---|---|
| Name | Target STI opportunity (% fxed remuneration) |
Proportion of target STI earned during FY15 |
Proportion of target STI forfeited during FY15 |
| G Claro | 100% | 81% | 19% |
| F Knechtel | 100% | 81% | 19% |
| W Schmiedel | 100% | 81% | 19% |
| D McGree | 100% | 12% | 88% |
| S Skurnac | 75% | 180% | 0% |
Linkage of LTI outcomes to Company performance
The value of the annual awards granted to Executives under the LTI plan for FY15 is based on, in respect of performance rights, relative TSR or EPS and, in respect of options, absolute share price growth.
Relative TSR (hurdle for 50% of the rights based on value)
The TSR graph below compares the Company’s (ASX: SGM) TSR against the peer group (as referenced above) for the five-year period ending 30 June 2015. TSR is the return to shareholders provided by share price appreciation plus dividends (which are assumed to be reinvested in the Company’s shares), expressed as a percentage of the share price at the beginning of the measurement period adjusted, where appropriate, for bonus issues, capital consolidation or equivalents.
Cumulative Total Shareholder Return: SGM against the comparator group (excluding SGM)
==> picture [506 x 193] intentionally omitted <==
----- Start of picture text -----
40%
20
0
(20)
(40)
(60)
30 June 10 30 June 11 30 June 12 30 June 13 30 June 14 30 June 15
SGM Comparator Group
----- End of picture text -----
As the Company’s TSR has been below the median against its peer group of companies, there has been no vesting under the LTI plan against the relative TSR hurdle since FY11. The table below outlines the status of the LTI grants that were outstanding as of 1 July 2015:
| TSR Grant | Status |
|---|---|
| FY10 | 100% forfeited on 22 August 2014 |
| FY11 | 100% forfeited on 21 August 2015 |
| FY12 | No vesting as of 30 June 2015. 68.75% will vest on 21 August 2015 |
| FY13-FY15 | Notyet eligible for testing |
Earnings per share (hurdle for 50% of the rights based on value)
In FY14, an EPS hurdle was re-introduced into the LTI plan. For FY15, we continued to utilize the EPS hurdle. These rights will be eligible to vest based on EPS performance for the financial years 2015 through 2017. Including an EPS hurdle in the LTI plan is consistent with our goal to align management incentive with a reasonable level of net income for shareholders.
Absolute share price growth (hurdle for 100% of the options and phantom options)
Using options as a small part of the LTI grant is aligned to Company performance as it focuses Executives on absolute share price growth. This is because Executives only receive rewards from the options if the Company’s share price increases above the option exercise price. Options create the strongest alignment to the shareholder experience because Executives only receive rewards if shareholders have similarly benefited.
Directors’ Report REMUNERATION REPORT
54
~~4 EXECUTIVE STATUTORY REMUNERATION DISCLOSURES~~
4.1 Executive remuneration disclosures
Certain Executives (as disclosed below) are not residents of Australia. Their respective remuneration paid in foreign currency has been converted to Australian dollars at an average exchange rate over the year.
| (A$) Location |
Short-term benefts Financial Cash Cash Other Year salary1 bonus2 benefts3 |
Post- employment benefts Pension Other and super- long-term Termination Share-based annuation benefts4 benefts payments5 Total |
|---|---|---|
| Executives(includingthe Executive Director and GroupCEO) | ||
| G Claro3,4,6,7 USA 2015 1,193,040 1,108,895 240,383 2014 722,178 1,263,742 165,264 |
67,836 5,965 – 1,516,153 4,132,272 62,180 5,442 – 904,954 3,123,760 |
|
| F Knechtel7,10 USA 2015 569,672 693,524 41,997 |
49,962 – – 757,289 2,112,444 |
|
| W Schmiedel4,7,11 USA 2015 944,894 794,573 21,946 |
45,775 5,965 – 523,563 2,336,716 |
|
| D McGree4 Australia 2015 753,568 94,711 3,295 2014 727,240 884,243 11,490 |
25,000 410,333 778,568 1,139,617 3,205,092 25,000 12,105 – 590,173 2,250,251 |
|
| S Skurnac4,7,8 USA 2015 610,833 825,379 305,505 2014 544,247 124,741 178,784 |
48,297 5,965 – 344,676 2,140,655 35,424 5,442 – 244,513 1,133,151 |
|
| Former Executives | ||
| R Kelman4,7,8 USA 2015 – – – 2014 789,171 – 120,462 |
– – – – – 26,412 5,442 – 751,311 1,692,798 |
|
| R Larry4,7,9 USA 2015 – – – 2014 745,632 – 65,135 |
– – – – – 33,337 5,442 791,336 770,342 2,411,224 |
|
| Total 2015 4,072,007 3,517,082 613,126 2014 3,528,468 2,272,726 541,135 |
236,870 428,228 778,568 4,281,298 13,927,179 182,353 33,873 791,336 3,261,293 10,611,184 |
- 1 Cash salary includes amounts sacrificed in lieu of other benefits at the discretion of the individual.
2 Cash bonus amounts for FY15 and FY14 reflect the amounts accrued for all Executives under the FY15 and FY14 STI plans respectively. In accordance with the Group CEO’s offer of employment, he received a US$650,000 signing bonus which is reflected in FY14. This signing bonus was designed to compensate for the cash incentive Mr Claro would have received had he remained with his previous employer. In accordance with the Group CFO’s offer of employment, he received a US$200,000 signing bonus.
3 Other short-term benefits include auto allowances, health and life insurance benefits, amounts accrued for annual leave during the period and personal security payments. For USA employees, it also includes a Paid Time Off policy which includes a carry-over feature of up to twice the annual entitlement. In lieu of “other benefits” as provided by the Group CEO’s employment agreement, Mr Claro received a prorated payment of US$100,000 for FY14.
4 Other long-term benefits include amounts accrued for cash-based long-term incentive plans, long-service leave (for Mr McGree) and deferred compensation plans (for Messrs Claro, Schmiedel, Skurnac, Kelman and Larry).
5 Share-based payments represent the accounting expense (as computed pursuant to AASB 2, ‘Share-based Payments’) recognised by the Company for share-based awards.
6 Mr Claro commenced on 4 November 2013. Mr Claro’s FY14 remuneration disclosed above reflects his remuneration for the period 4 November 2013 to 30 June 2014.
7 Messrs Claro, Knechtel, Schmiedel, Skurnac, Kelman and Larry received their cash payments in United States dollars.
8 Mr Kelman was seconded to the UK on 1 August 2014. Other short-term benefits include benefits associated with his Secondment Agreement such as relocation, house hunting expenses, child’s tuition etc. Mr Skumac was seconded to the UK on 1 July 2013. Other short-term benefits include benefits associated with his Secondment Agreement such as transportation to the UK, house hunting expenses, relocation, housing allowance, etc.
- 9 Mr Larry’s termination benefit is comprised primarily of 12 month’s severance, Company paid health insurance and executive outplacement services.
10 Mr Knechtel commenced employment 28 October 2014 and reflects remuneration for the period 28 October 2014 to 30 June 2015.
11 In accordance with the terms of his employment agreement, Mr Schmiedel received a special Global Trade bonus of US$25,885.
55
Fixed and actual ‘at-risk’ remuneration for FY15
Outlined below is the percentage of the Executives’ (including the Executive Director and Group CEO) FY15 remuneration that was fixed and ‘at-risk’ based upon the statutory remuneration table. The percentage of their remuneration that consisted of rights/RSUs and options is also disclosed.
| Remuneration | Remuneration | |||
|---|---|---|---|---|
| Fixed | ‘At-Risk’ | consisting of | consisting of | |
| Remuneration | Remuneration | rights/RSUs |
options |
|
| % | % | % | % | |
| Executives | ||||
| G Claro | 36% | 64% | 28% | 8% |
| F Knechtel | 31% | 69% | 29% | 7% |
| W Schmiedel | 43% | 57% | 12% | 10% |
| D McGree | 50% | 50% | 20% | 15% |
| S Skurnac | 45% | 55% | 10% | 7% |
Guidelines for approval of Discretionary Awards
The guidelines for approval authority limits for individual discretionary cash awards and aggregate discretionary cash and/or equity awards are:
-
Individual awards: Any individual discretionary cash and/or equity award in excess of US$250,000 must be presented to the Committee for approval. This is a reduction in the prior threshold of US$500,000.
-
Aggregate awards: If the aggregate sum of the cash and/or equity award per occurrence is in excess of the Group CEO Discretionary Capital Expenditure authority (currently US$1,000,000), then it must be presented to the Committee for approval.
All discretionary awards that are approved by the Group CEO are subsequently presented to the Committee for ratification.
Securities Trading Policy
The trading of securities issued to participants pursuant to the LTI plan is subject to, and conditional upon, compliance with the terms of the Company’s policy titled Dealings in Sims Metal Management Limited Securities (a copy of which is available on the Company’s website at www.simsmm.com).
Executives are prohibited from entering into any hedging arrangements over unvested awards under the LTI plan. The Company would consider a breach of the Securities Trading Policy as serious misconduct, which may lead to disciplinary action up to and including dismissal.
~~5 EXECUTIVE CONTRACTS~~
5.1 Executive Director and Group CEO
The key terms of Mr Claro’s employment contract are:
| Notice period | Notice period | |||
|---|---|---|---|---|
| Commencement date | Contract duration | from the Company | from the Executive | Termination provisions |
| 4 November 2013 | The executive | 3 months prior | 3 months prior | Mr Claro’s employment may be terminated |
| signed an ongoing | notice in writing | notice in writing | immediately by the Company for cause, or by either | |
| contract effective | party for convenience, or by Mr Claro for good reason, | |||
| 22 August 2014 | each term as defned in the contract. |
Termination of employment: If Mr Claro’s employment is terminated by the Company for convenience on 3 months’ written notice, then Mr Claro will be entitled to:
-
a) a Severance Payment (see below);
-
b) a pro-rata STI in respect of the performance year in which the termination occurs and based on the actual performance results of the Group for that year (Pro-Rata Bonus), unless the Board determines otherwise acting reasonably having regard to the performance of Mr Claro over the preceding years;
-
c) continued vesting of any equity awards under the LTI plan (subject to any performance hurdles) granted to him before termination (Continued Equity Award Vesting), unless the Board determines otherwise as above;
-
d) any accrued but unpaid remuneration, accrued but untaken holiday leave (subject to Company policy) and reimbursement for incurred expenses (Accrued Benefits); and
-
e) up to 12 months of Company paid health insurance premiums (Insurance).
Directors’ Report REMUNERATION REPORT
56
If Mr Claro terminates his employment for good reason, then he will be entitled to the Severance Payment, Pro-Rata Bonus, Continued Equity Award Vesting, Accrued Benefits, and the Insurance.
If his employment is terminated on the death or permanent disablement of Mr Claro, or in other circumstances determined at the discretion of the Board, then Mr Claro (or his beneficiary or legal representative) will be entitled to the Pro-Rata Bonus, Continued Equity Award Vesting and, other than on death, the Insurance.
If his employment is terminated by the Company for Cause, or if Mr Claro terminates for convenience on 3 months’ written notice, then Mr Claro is only entitled to the Accrued Benefits.
Generally, as approved by shareholders on 14 November 2013, a Severance Payment is equal to Mr Claro’s final year’s total fixed remuneration.
Change of control: A change of control, as defined in the contract, of the Company, may allow Mr Claro to terminate his employment for good reason.
5.2 Executives
The key terms of the Executives’ employment contracts are:
| Notice period | Notice period | Termination provisions (other than for cause) | ||
|---|---|---|---|---|
| Name | Contract duration | from the Company | from the Executive | and change of control provisions |
| F Knechtel | The executive | 3 months prior | 3 months prior | Termination:The termination provisions contain similar |
| signed an ongoing | notice in writing | notice in writing | benefts as illustrated above under the Group CEO’s | |
| contract effective | contract, including: | |||
| 22 August 2014 | • 12 months base salary | |||
| • Pro-rata STI bonus payment based on terms | ||||
| of the STI Plan | ||||
| • LTI awards continue to vest (subject to any | ||||
| performance conditions) in accordance with | ||||
| their original vesting schedule | ||||
| • Up to 12 months of Company paid health | ||||
| insurance premiums | ||||
| Change of control:The executive may be allowed | ||||
| to terminate his employment for good reason | ||||
| S Skurnac | The executive | 3 months prior | 3 months prior | Termination:The termination provisions are the |
| signed an ongoing | notice in writing | notice in writing | same as in Mr Knechtel’s contract described above | |
| contract effective | Change of control:The executive may be allowed | |||
| 1 July 2014 | to terminate his employment for good reason | |||
| W Schmiedel | The executive | 3 months prior | 3 months prior | Termination:The termination provisions are broadly |
| signed an ongoing | notice in writing | notice in writing | the same as in Mr Knechtel’s contract described above | |
| contract effective | Change of control:The executive may be allowed | |||
| 1 July 2014 | to terminate his employment for good reason | |||
| D McGree | The executive’s | 12 months prior | 3 months prior | Termination: |
| employment with | notice in writing | notice in writing | • 12 months total fxed remuneration or payment in lieu | |
| the Company ended on 30 June 2015; however, he remains available to the Company through to July 2016 |
• In the event of redundancy, entitled to the greater of 12 months’ notice or payment in lieu, or a beneft calculated by reference to the Sims Group Redundancy Policy up to a maximum of 18 months total fxed remuneration plus most recent STI award, depending upon years of service |
|||
| Change of control:Entitled to a payment equivalent | ||||
| to six months total fxed remuneration if he remains in | ||||
| the employ of the Company six months after a takeover | ||||
| of the Company (or if he is terminated within six months | ||||
| of such a takeover) |
57
~~6 NON-EXECUTIVE DIRECTORS’ FEES~~
Key development:
In recognition of Company performance, it was agreed that NED fees, which were reduced by 10% in FY14, revert to FY13 levels in FY15.
6.1 Approach to determining the fees of Non-Executive Directors (NEDs)
The level of NED fees reflects the need to reward directors for their commitment to the corporate governance of the Company, their active participation in the affairs of the business and the contribution they make generally to the maximisation of shareholder value. The Company aims to provide a level of fees for NEDs taking into account, among other things, fees paid for similar roles in comparable companies, the time commitment, risk and responsibility accepted by NEDs, and recognition of their commercial expertise and experience.
6.2 NEDs’ fees
The total amount of fees, including superannuation, for all NEDs must not exceed the limit approved by shareholders. The current NED fee cap is A$3,000,000 per annum, approved at the Company’s 2009 AGM.
In FY14, based on the Company’s performance and in an effort to reduce costs, NED fees were reduced by 10%. In FY15, NED fees reverted to FY13 levels. In addition, a review of NED Committee fees was undertaken in FY15 which resulted in the following changes subsequent to the 2014 AGM:
-
the annual chairperson fee for the Risk, Audit & Compliance Committee was reduced from A$/US$65,000 to A$/US$25,000;
-
the annual chairperson fee for all other Board committees was reduced from A$/US$35,000 to A$/US$25,000;
-
the Chairperson of the Board does not receive a fee for chairing the Nomination/Governance Committee; and
-
additional annual fees of A$/US$8,000 are paid for committee membership.
The table below outlines NED fees for FY14 and FY15:
| NED FEES (A$)/(US$) | 2014 | 2015 |
|---|---|---|
| Base fee (Chairperson) | 405,475 | 450,528 |
| Base fee (NED) | 183,082 | 203,424 |
| Chairperson Risk, Audit & Compliance Committee1 | 58,500 | 25,000 |
| Chairperson Safety, Health, Environment, Community & Sustainability Committee2 | 31,500 | 25,000 |
| Chairperson Remuneration Committee2 | 31,500 | 25,000 |
| Chairperson Finance & Investment Committee2 | 31,500 | 25,000 |
| Chairperson Nomination/Governance Committee2 | 31,500 | 25,000 |
| Committee membership3 | – | 8,000 |
1 The annual fee was A$/US$65,000 through the 2014 AGM.
2 The annual fee was A$/US$35,000 through the 2014 AGM.
3 Effective after the 2014 AGM.
NEDs also receive reimbursement for reasonable travel, accommodation and other expenses incurred in travelling to and/or from meetings of the Board, or when otherwise engaged in the business of the Company in accordance with Board policy.
NEDs are not currently covered by any contract of employment; therefore, they have no contract duration, notice period for termination, or entitlement to termination payments. NEDs do not participate in any incentive (cash or equity-based) arrangements.
6.3 Superannuation; no retirement benefits
For Australian resident NEDs, superannuation is paid in addition to the above fees. The Company pays superannuation at 9.50% for each Australian resident NED. Superannuation is not paid in respect of overseas directors. NEDs do not receive any retirement benefits.
Directors’ Report REMUNERATION REPORT
58
Statutory NED remuneration disclosures
For NEDs who receive payments in foreign currencies, the table below reflects the Australian dollar equivalent based on the exchange rate at the date of payment. Accordingly, exchange rate movements have influenced the disclosed fee level. For US resident NEDs, the table below also discloses the actual US dollar payments made to them.
| discloses the actual US dollar payments made to them. | ||
|---|---|---|
| Financial Name Location Year |
Short-term benefts Cash Fees |
Post- employment benefts Super- Total Total annuation7 A$ US$ |
| R Bass1,2 USA 2015 2014 |
247,700 160,080 |
– 247,700 229,391 – 160,080 147,262 |
| N Bobins1,3 USA 2015 2014 |
93,439 233,551 |
– 93,439 87,772 – 233,551 214,582 |
| G Brunsdon4 Australia 2015 2014 |
460,661 605,475 |
43,763 504,424 n/a 56,006 661,481 n/a |
| J DiLacqua1 USA 2015 2014 |
261,361 233,537 |
– 261,361 242,224 – 233,537 214,582 |
| G Morris1,3 USA 2015 2014 |
105,196 266,315 |
– 105,196 98,816 – 266,315 244,657 |
| G Nelson1,5 USA 2015 |
153,368 | – 153,368 138,522 |
| D O’Toole5 Australia 2015 |
145,750 | 13,846 159,596 n/a |
| C Renwick Australia 2015 2014 |
242,224 214,582 |
23,011 265,235 n/a 19,849 234,431 n/a |
| H Ridout Australia 2015 2014 |
223,691 183,082 |
21,250 244,941 n/a 16,935 200,017 n/a |
| T Sato6 Japan 2015 2014 |
213,424 183,082 |
– 213,424 n/a – 183,082 n/a |
| J Thompson1,4 USA 2015 2014 |
261,361 446,348 |
– 261,361 242,224 – 446,348 414,582 |
| Total 2015 2014 |
2,408,175 2,526,052 |
101,870 2,510,045 1,038,949 92,790 2,618,842 1,235,665 |
1 Messrs Bass, Bobins, DiLacqua, Morris and Thompson and Ms Nelson are residents of the USA and received their payments in US dollars. Fees for FY14 and FY15 that were paid in US dollars were converted at a rate of A$1 to US$1 as established by the Committee in July 2011.
2 Mr Bass was appointed to the Board on 10 September 2013.
3 Messrs Bobins and Morris retired from the Board on 13 November 2014.
4 FY14 fees for Messrs Brunsdon and Thompson include a special one-off award in the amount of A$200,000 and US$200,000, respectively, for leading the Company during the period that the Company operated without a Group CEO.
5 Ms Nelson and Ms O’Toole were appointed to the Board on 1 November 2014 and elected at the 2014 AGM on 13 November 2014.
6 Mr Sato is Mitsui’s representative director. His NED fees are paid to a Mitsui affiliate in Australia.
- 7 Superannuation contributions are made on behalf of Australian resident NEDs to satisfy the Company’s obligations under Australian Superannuation Guarantee legislation.
59
~~7 SHARE-BASED PAYMENT DISCLOSURES AND EQUITY HOLDINGS~~
7.1 Options provided as Remuneration
The following table summarises the terms of outstanding option grants (and phantom option grants where applicable) for the Executives (including the Executive Director and Group CEO).
| Date next | % of options | Maximum |
||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Number | Exercise | Fair value at | tranche can | that have | total value of |
|||
| Name | Grant date | granted | price | grant date | be exercised | Expiry date | vested | unvested grant1 |
| OrdinaryShares(A$) | ||||||||
| G Claro | 15 Nov 13 | 138,714 | $ 9.98 | $2.77 | 31 Aug 15 | 15 Nov 20 | 33.3% | $69,584 |
| 14 Nov 14 | 172,866 | $10.85 | $2.61 | 31 Aug15 | 14 Nov 21 | 0% | $252,405 |
|
| F Knechtel | 14 Nov 14 | 131,528 | $10.85 | $2.61 | 31 Aug15 | 14 Nov 21 | 0% | $192,046 |
| D McGree | 16 Nov 12 | 146,2682 | $ 9.29 | $2.352 | 31 Aug 15 | 16 Nov 19 | 66.7% | $–3 |
| W Schmiedel S Skurnac ADSs(US$) |
15 Nov 13 14 Nov 14 15 Nov 13 14 Nov 14 15 Nov 13 14 Nov 14 |
101,7262 89,4422 75,032 99,210 54,768 64,136 |
$ 9.98 $10.85 $ 9.98 $10.85 $ 9.98 $10.85 |
$2.222 $2.132 $2.77 $2.61 $2.77 $2.61 |
31 Aug 15 31 Aug15 31 Aug 15 31 Aug15 31 Aug 15 31 Aug15 |
15 Nov 20 14 Nov 21 15 Nov 20 14 Nov 21 15 Nov 20 14 Nov 21 |
33.3% 0% 33.3% 0% 33.3% 0% |
$–3 $–3 $37,639 $144,859 $27,474 $93,646 |
| W Schmiedel | 16 Nov 12 | 89,505 | $ 9.49 | $2.18 | 31 Aug15 | 16 Nov 19 | 66.7% | $4,248 |
| S Skurnac | 16 Nov 12 | 21,042 | $ 9.49 | $2.18 | 31 Aug15 | 16 Nov 19 | 66.7% | $999 |
1 No options will vest if the vesting conditions are not satisfied, hence the minimum value of unvested awards is nil. The maximum value of the unvested awards has been determined as the amount of the grant date fair value that is yet to be expensed.
2 Represents a cash-settled phantom option grant. In accordance with AASB 2, the fair value is as of the end of the reporting period.
3 Mr McGree ceased employment with the Group on 30 June 2015 which was determined to be a “Qualifying Cessation” in accordance with the LTI plan rules. The maximum value of the unvested award is nil as the remaining fair value of the awards was fully expensed in FY15.
The number of options over ordinary shares or ADSs in the Company held during the financial year by each Executive (including the Executive Director and Group CEO) is set out below. Values are in Australian dollars for ordinary shares and US dollars for ADSs.
| Value of | ||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| options | ||||||||||
| Number of | Value of | that were | ||||||||
| Balance at | Balance at | options | options | exercised | ||||||
| Instrument that | 1 July | Number | Number | 30 June | that vested | granted | or sold | |||
| Name | options are over | 2014 | Granted | Exercised | 2015 | Vested | Unvested | during FY15 | during FY15 | during FY151 |
| G Claro | Ordinaryshares | 138,714 | 172,866 | – | 311,580 | 46,238 | 265,342 | 46,238 | $451,180 | $– |
| F Knechtel | Ordinaryshares | – | 131,528 | – | 131,528 | – | 131,528 | – | $343,288 | $– |
| D McGree2 | Ordinaryshares | 486,258 | 89,442 | (131,421) | 444,279 | 238,264 | 206,0153 | 111,751 | $190,810 | $383,991 |
| W Schmiedel | ADSs | 251,687 | – | – | 251,687 | 221,852 | 29,835 | 47,566 | $– | $– |
| Ordinaryshares | 75,032 | 99,210 | – | 174,242 | 25,011 | 149,231 | 25,011 | $258,938 | $– | |
| S Skurnac | ADSs | 58,623 | – | – | 58,623 | 51,609 | 7,014 | 11,182 | $– | $– |
| Ordinaryshares | 54,768 | 64,136 | – | 118,904 | 18,256 | 100,648 | 18,256 | $167,395 | $– |
-
1 The value at exercise date of the options that were exercised during the financial year has been determined as the intrinsic value of the options at that date (share price less exercise price).
-
2 Includes cash-settled option grants.
3 Mr McGree’s cessation of employment was determined to be a “Qualifying Cessation” under the LTI plan rules. Therefore, any unvested options will continue to vest pursuant to the original terms of the option grants.
No options lapsed during the financial year.
Directors’ Report REMUNERATION REPORT
60
7.2 Performance Rights and Restricted Stock Units (RSUs) provided as Remuneration
The following table summarises the terms of outstanding performance rights and RSUs for the Executives (including the Executive Director and Group CEO). None of these performance rights and RSUs have vested.
| Maximum | ||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Number | Fair value at | Date next | total value of | |||
| Name | Grant date | granted | grant date | tranche vests | Expiry date | unvested grant1 |
| OrdinaryShares(A$) | ||||||
| G Claro | 15 Nov 13 | 123,436 | $5.38 | 31 Aug 16 | 31 Aug 16 | $245,448 |
| 15 Nov 13 | 78,153 | $9.61 | 31 Aug 16 | 31 Aug 16 | $751,0502 | |
| 15 Nov 133 | 58,252 | $9.82 | 01 Dec 15 | 01 Dec 15 | $117,930 | |
| 14 Nov 14 | 127,467 | $7.45 | 31 Aug 17 | 31 Aug 17 | $650,307 | |
| 14 Nov 14 | 91,781 | $10.10 | 31 Aug17 | 31 Aug17 | $780,8964 | |
| F Knechtel | 28 Oct 145 | 34,955 | $10.33 | 28 Oct 15 | 28 Oct 15 | $118,389 |
| 28 Oct 145 | 34,955 | $10.02 | 28 Oct 16 | 28 Oct 16 | $232,542 | |
| 28 Oct 145 | 34,955 | $9.72 | 28 Oct 17 | 28 Oct 17 | $263,572 | |
| 14 Nov 14 | 48,493 | $7.45 | 31 Aug 17 | 31 Aug 17 | $247,400 | |
| 14 Nov 14 | 34,917 | $10.10 | 31 Aug17 | 31 Aug17 | $297,0824 | |
| D McGree | 16 Nov 12 | 54,589 | $5.29 | 31 Aug 15 | 31 Aug 17 | $–6 |
| 15 Nov 13 | 45,261 | $5.38 | 31 Aug 16 | 31 Aug 16 | $–6 | |
| 15 Nov 13 | 28,657 | $9.61 | 31 Aug 16 | 31 Aug 16 | $275,3942 | |
| 14 Nov 14 | 32,976 | $7.45 | 31 Aug 17 | 31 Aug 17 | $–6 | |
| 14 Nov 14 | 23,744 | $10.10 | 31 Aug17 | 31 Aug17 | $119,9074 | |
| W Schmiedel | 15 Nov 13 | 43,354 | $5.38 | 31 Aug 16 | 31 Aug 16 | $86,208 |
| 15 Nov 13 | 21,983 | $9.61 | 31 Aug 16 | 31 Aug 16 | $211,2572 | |
| 14 Nov 14 | 36,577 | $7.45 | 31 Aug 17 | 31 Aug 17 | $186,607 | |
| 14 Nov 14 | 26,337 | $10.10 | 31 Aug17 | 31 Aug17 | $244,0824 | |
| S Skurnac | 15 Nov 13 | 31,646 | $5.38 | 31 Aug 16 | 31 Aug 16 | $62,927 |
| 15 Nov 13 | 16,046 | $9.61 | 31 Aug 16 | 31 Aug 16 | $154,2022 | |
| 14 Nov 14 | 23,646 | $7.45 | 31 Aug 17 | 31 Aug 17 | $120,636 | |
| 14 Nov 14 | 17,026 | $10.10 | 31 Aug17 | 31 Aug17 | $144,8624 | |
| ADSs(US$) | ||||||
| W Schmiedel | 30 Nov 10 | 14,489 | $9.29 | 21 Aug 15 | 21 Aug 15 | $– |
| 17 Dec 10 | 10,998 | $9.29 | 21 Aug 15 | 21 Aug 15 | $– | |
| 11 Nov 11 | 31,211 | $8.24 | 21 Aug 15 | 31 Aug 16 | $– | |
| 16 Nov 12 | 46,961 | $4.12 | 31 Aug15 | 31 Aug17 | $10,368 | |
| S Skurnac | 30 Nov 10 | 4,477 | $9.29 | 21 Aug 15 | 21 Aug 15 | $– |
| 11 Nov 11 | 7,338 | $8.24 | 21 Aug 15 | 31 Aug 16 | $– | |
| 16 Nov 12 | 11,040 | $4.12 | 31 Aug 15 | 31 Aug 17 | $2,438 | |
| 27 Jun 13 | 16,067 | $7.30 | 27 Jun 16 | 27 Jun 16 | $38,811 |
1 No performance rights will vest if the vesting conditions are not satisfied, hence the minimum value of unvested awards is nil. The maximum value of the unvested performance rights has been determined as the amount of the grant date fair value that is yet to be expensed.
2 These grants relate to performance rights issued in FY14 subject to an EPS hurdle. Based on the Company’s assessment at 30 June 2015, these performance rights will not vest. No amount has been expensed relating to these performance rights in FY15.
- 3 Mr Claro received a sign-on RSU award in FY14 equating to a value of US$1 million, half of which vested on 1 December 2014.
4 These grants relate to performance rights issued in FY15 subject to an EPS hurdle. Based on the Company’s assessment at 30 June 2015, only 50% of these performance rights are expected to vest.
-
5 Mr Knechtel received a sign-on RSU award on his commencement date of 28 October 2014 equating to a value of US$1 million.
-
6 Mr McGree ceased employment with the Group on 30 June 2015 which was determined to be a “Qualifying Cessation” in accordance with the LTI plan rules. The maximum value of the unvested award is nil as the remaining fair value of the awards was fully expensed in FY15.
61
The number of performance rights and RSUs to ordinary shares or ADSs in the Company held during the financial year by each Executive (including the Executive Director and Group CEO) is set out below.
| Instrument that performance | Balance at | Number | Number | Number | Balance at | |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Name | rights and RSUs are over | 1 July 2014 | Granted | Vested | Forfeited | 30 June 2015 |
| G Claro | Ordinaryshares | 318,094 | 219,248 | (58,253) | – | 479,089 |
| F Knechtel | Ordinaryshares | – | 188,275 | – | – | 188,275 |
| D McGree | Ordinaryshares | 208,930 | 56,720 | – | (80,423) | 185,2271 |
| W Schmiedel | ADSs | 120,509 | – | – | (16,850) | 103,659 |
| Ordinaryshares | 65,337 | 62,914 | – | – | 128,251 | |
| S Skurnac | ADSs | 42,310 | – | – | (3,388) | 38,922 |
| Ordinaryshares | 47,692 | 40,672 | – | – | 88,364 |
1 Mr McGree’s cessation of employment was determined to be a “Qualifying Cessation” under the LTI plan rules. Therefore, any qualifying unvested performance rights will continue to vest pursuant to the original terms of the performance rights grants.
7.3 Share Holdings
The number of shares in the Company held during the financial year by each Director and other KMP, including their personally related parties, is set out below:
| set out below: | |||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Name | Balance at 1 July 2014 |
Received on exercise of options, performance rights and RSUs |
Purchases/ (sales) |
Other changes during the year |
Balance at 30 June 2015 |
| Non-Executive Directors | |||||
| R Bass | 10,600 | – | 4,400 | – | 15,000 |
| N Bobins | 54,600 | – | – | (54,600)1 | – |
| G Brunsdon | 22,057 | – | – | – | 22,057 |
| J DiLacqua | – | – | 2,500 | – | 2,500 |
| G Morris | 40,500 | – | – | (40,500)1 | – |
| G Nelson | – | – | 6,700 | – | 6,700 |
| D O’Toole | – | – | 3,000 | – | 3,000 |
| C Renwick | 13,144 | – | – | – | 13,144 |
| H Ridout | – | – | 5,000 | – | 5,000 |
| T Sato | – | – | – | – | – |
| J Thompson | 12,000 | – | – | – | 12,000 |
| Executives | |||||
| G Claro | – | 58,253 | (20,000) | – | 38,253 |
| F Knechtel | – | – | – | – | – |
| D McGree | 47,462 | – | – | – | 47,462 |
| W Schmiedel | 4,413 | – | 113 | – | 4,526 |
| S. Skurnac(ADSs) | 2,498 | – | 58 | – | 2,556 |
1 Represents shares held at time of retirement from the Board.
Directors’ Report REMUNERATION REPORT
62
~~8 OTHER TRANSACTIONS WITH KMP~~
Transactions entered into with any Directors or other KMP of the Group, including their personally related parties, are at normal commercial terms.
Mr Sato serves as the representative director for Mitsui & Co. His director remuneration is paid directly to Mitsui & Co. In FY15, the Group paid A$213,424 to Mitsui & Co. for director remuneration (2014: A$183,082).
~~9 SHAREHOLDER OUTREACH~~
The Company has an active shareholder outreach process and routinely interacts with its shareholders to better understand their views on the Company’s executive remuneration programs. Although the last publicly disclosed advisory vote on the Company’s remuneration report received majority support, the Committee and senior management believe it is critical to continue to engage with shareholders on remuneration and governance matters.
The Committee considers all feedback from the Company’s shareholders and stakeholders, as well as additional information from its independent compensation consultant and other advisors, to highlight possible changes to the Company’s executive remuneration programs.
The Company, as well as members of the Committee, believe that it is critical to continue to seek shareholder input on the Company’s programs, to ensure best-in-class remuneration plan design, in order to provide the appropriate rewards to the Company’s senior leaders and executive teams to drive sustainable financial growth and shareholder value.
At the 2014 AGM, the Company’s shareholders approved the resolution to adopt the FY14 Remuneration Report with 98% of proxy votes having been cast in favour.
This report is made in accordance with a resolution of the Board of Directors and is signed for and on behalf of the Board of Directors.
==> picture [171 x 45] intentionally omitted <==
G N Brunsdon Chairperson Sydney
21 August 2015
==> picture [115 x 53] intentionally omitted <==
G Claro
Managing Director and Group CEO New York
20 August 2015
For the year ended 30 June 2015
63
Consolidated Income Statements
| 2014 | |||
|---|---|---|---|
| 2015 | A$m | ||
| Note | A$m | (restated) | |
| Continuing operations | |||
| Revenue | 6 | 6,328.1 | 7,036.4 |
| Other income | 7 | 48.8 | 20.7 |
| Raw materials used and changes in inventories | (4,477.1) | (5,177.1) | |
| Freight expense | (491.5) | (519.9) | |
| Employee benefts expense | (581.4) | (553.1) | |
| Depreciation and amortisation expense | 7 | (120.8) | (117.5) |
| Repairs and maintenance expense | (95.7) | (96.0) | |
| Other expenses | (468.3) | (476.3) | |
| Impairment of goodwill and other intangibles | 7 | – | (28.0) |
| Finance costs Share of results of associates andjoint ventures Proft before income tax Income tax expense Proft from continuing operations Discontinued operations Income/(loss)from discontinued operations |
7 28 8 33 |
(17.3) 12.2 137.0 (27.2) 109.8 0.1 |
(23.2) (3.3) 62.7 (46.4) 16.3 (105.2) |
| Proft/(loss) for the year | 109.9 | (88.9) | |
| A¢ | |||
| A¢ | (restated) | ||
| Earnings/(loss) per share | |||
| From continuing and discontinued operations | |||
| Basic | 4 | 53.7 | (43.5) |
| Diluted | 4 | 53.3 | (43.5) |
| From continuing operations | |||
| Basic | 4 | 53.6 | 8.0 |
| Diluted | 4 | 53.2 | 8.0 |
The consolidated income statements should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes. See note 33 for details regarding restatement of balances for the year ended 30 June 2014 to separately show those operations classified as discontinued in the current financial year.
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income
64
For the year ended 30 June 2015
| 2015 | 2014 | ||
|---|---|---|---|
| Note | A$m | A$m | |
| Proft/(loss) for the year | 109.9 | (88.9) | |
| Other comprehensive income: | |||
| Items that may be reclassifed to proft or loss, net of tax | |||
| Movement in cash fow hedge reserve | 20 | (2.2) | 4.4 |
| Foreign exchange translation differences arising during the period | 20 | 216.6 | (17.8) |
| Recycling of foreign currency translation reserve on disposal of foreign operations and associates | 20 | (1.0) | (4.8) |
| Share of other comprehensive income of associates | 28 | 0.4 | 0.3 |
| Items that will not be reclassifed to proft or loss, net of tax | |||
| Re-measurements of defned beneftplans | 18 | (3.1) | (2.6) |
| Other comprehensive income/(loss)for theyear,net of tax | 210.7 | (20.5) | |
| Total comprehensive income/(loss) for theyear | 320.6 | (109.4) |
The consolidated statements of comprehensive income should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes.
Consolidated Statements of Financial Position
As at 30 June 2015
65
| 2015 | 2014 | ||
|---|---|---|---|
| Note | A$m | A$m | |
| Current assets | |||
| Cash and cash equivalents | 31 | 316.0 | 57.2 |
| Trade and other receivables | 9 | 396.6 | 445.6 |
| Inventory | 10 | 476.4 | 545.0 |
| Other fnancial assets | 11 | 15.4 | 51.8 |
| Assets classifed as held for sale | 32 | 1.8 | 7.4 |
| Total current assets | 1,206.2 | 1,107.0 | |
| Non-current assets | |||
| Investments in associates and joint ventures | 28 | 299.4 | 314.9 |
| Other fnancial assets Property, plant and equipment Retirement beneft assets Deferred tax assets Goodwill Other intangible assets Total non-current assets Total assets |
11 12 18 8 13 14 |
12.4 1,031.8 2.9 99.9 150.0 79.2 1,675.6 2,881.8 |
7.2 903.0 2.1 99.4 139.3 76.5 1,542.4 2,649.4 |
| Current liabilities | |||
| Trade and other payables | 15 | 527.7 | 571.4 |
| Borrowings | 16 | 0.5 | 0.5 |
| Other fnancial liabilities | 11 | 1.6 | 4.5 |
| Current tax liabilities | 12.2 | 24.8 | |
| Provisions | 17 | 64.0 | 76.4 |
| Total current liabilities | 606.0 | 677.6 | |
| Non-current liabilities | |||
| Payables | 15 | 6.8 | 6.5 |
| Borrowings | 16 | 1.6 | 14.4 |
| Deferred tax liabilities | 8 | 96.4 | 66.0 |
| Provisions | 17 | 51.8 | 46.4 |
| Retirement beneft obligations | 18 | 6.4 | 4.6 |
| Total non-current liabilities | 163.0 | 137.9 | |
| Total liabilities | 769.0 | 815.5 | |
| Net assets | 2,112.8 | 1,833.9 | |
| Equity | |||
| Contributed equity | 19 | 2,797.4 | 2,796.4 |
| Reserves | 20 | 22.0 | (202.3) |
| Accumulated defcit | 20 | (706.6) | (760.2) |
| Total equity | 2,112.8 | 1,833.9 |
The consolidated statements of financial position should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes.
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Equity
66
For the year ended 30 June 2015
| Contributed | Accumulated | ||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| equity | Reserves | defcit | Total equity | ||
| Note | A$m | A$m | A$m | A$m | |
| Balance at 1 July 2013 | 2,795.7 | (197.8) | (668.7) | 1,929.2 | |
| Loss for the year | – | – | (88.9) | (88.9) | |
| Other comprehensive loss | – | (17.9) | (2.6) | (20.5) | |
| Total comprehensive loss for theyear | – | (17.9) | (91.5) | (109.4) | |
| Transactions with owners in their capacity as owners: | |||||
| Share options exercised | 0.7 | – | – | 0.7 | |
| Share-basedpayments expense,net of tax | – | 13.4 | – | 13.4 | |
| 0.7 | 13.4 | – | 14.1 | ||
| Balance at 30 June 2014 | 2,796.4 | (202.3) | (760.2) | 1,833.9 | |
| Proft for the year | – | – | 109.9 | 109.9 | |
| Other comprehensive income/(loss) | – | 213.8 | (3.1) | 210.7 | |
| Total comprehensive income/(loss)for theyear | – | 213.8 | 106.8 | 320.6 | |
| Transactions with owners in their capacity as owners: | |||||
| Dividends paid | 21 | – | – | (53.2) | (53.2) |
| Share options exercised | 1.0 | – | – | 1.0 | |
| Share-basedpayments expense,net of tax | – | 10.5 | – | 10.5 | |
| 1.0 | 10.5 | (53.2) | (41.7) | ||
| Balance at 30 June 2015 | 2,797.4 | 22.0 | (706.6) | 2,112.8 |
The consolidated statements of changes in equity should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes.
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
For the year ended 30 June 2015
67
| 2015 | 2014 | ||
|---|---|---|---|
| Note | A$m | A$m | |
| Cash fows from operating activities | |||
| Receipts from customers (inclusive of GST) | 6,526.3 | 7,295.5 | |
| Payments to suppliers and employees (inclusive of GST) | (6,197.8) | (7,066.6) | |
| Interest received | 7.7 | 6.0 | |
| Interest paid | (15.8) | (22.6) | |
| Insurance recoveries | 5.1 | 8.9 | |
| Dividends received from associates and joint ventures | 13.1 | 8.0 | |
| Income taxespaid | (40.5) | (19.1) | |
| Net cash infows from operatingactivities | 31 | 298.1 | 210.1 |
| Cash fows from investing activities Payments for property, plant and equipment Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment Proceeds from sale of assets held for sale Payments for acquisition of subsidiaries, net of cash acquired Proceeds from sale of business divisions Proceeds from sale of interest in associate Proceeds from sale of a loan Payments for other fnancial assets |
12 26 26 28 11(a) |
(95.3) 11.8 4.2 (5.7) – 74.5 52.2 (1.0) |
(64.1) 4.8 – – 38.4 – – (1.1) |
| Proceeds from sale of other fnancial assets | 1.5 | 1.7 | |
| Loans to a joint venture | – | (3.6) | |
| Proceeds from repayment on joint venture loans | – | 3.6 | |
| Loans to third parties | (0.8) | (1.1) | |
| Proceeds from repayment on thirdpartyloans | 0.3 | 20.5 | |
| Net cash infows/(outfows) from investingactivities | 41.7 | (0.9) | |
| Cash fows from fnancing activities | |||
| Proceeds from borrowings | 2,001.7 | 2,660.7 | |
| Repayment of borrowings | (2,049.4) | (2,859.1) | |
| Fees paid for loan facilities | – | (1.7) | |
| Repayment of fnance leases | (0.5) | (0.3) | |
| Proceeds from issue of shares | 1.0 | 0.7 | |
| Dividendspaid | 21 | (53.2) | – |
| Net cash outfows from fnancingactivities | (100.4) | (199.7) | |
| Net increase in cash and cash equivalents | 239.4 | 9.5 | |
| Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the fnancial year | 57.2 | 46.9 | |
| Effects of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents | 19.4 | 0.8 | |
| Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the fnancialyear | 31 | 316.0 | 57.2 |
The consolidated statements of cash flows should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
68
For the year ended 30 June 2015
~~NOTE 1 – SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES~~
The principal accounting policies adopted in the preparation of these consolidated financial statements are set out below. These policies have been consistently applied to all the years presented, unless otherwise stated.
a) Reporting entity
Sims Metal Management Limited (the “Company”) is a company domiciled in Australia. The consolidated financial statements for the year ended 30 June 2015 comprise the Company and its subsidiaries (together referred to as the “Group”) and the Group’s interest in associates and joint ventures and joint operations. The Group is a for-profit entity for the purpose of preparing the consolidated financial statements.
-
AASB 2014-1 Amendments to Australian Account Standards
-
Part A: Annual Improvements 2010-2012 and 2011-2013 Cycles
-
Part B: Defined Benefit Plans: Employee Contributions (Amendments to AASB 119)
-
Part C: Materiality
The adoption of the above accounting standards had no material impact on the Group.
A number of new standards, amendments to standards and interpretations are effective for annual periods beginning on or after 1 July 2015 and have not been applied in preparing these consolidated financial statements. The Group’s assessment of the impact of new standards, amendments to standards and interpretations applicable to the Group is set out below:
b) Basis of preparation
Statement of compliance
The consolidated financial statements are general purpose financial statements prepared in accordance with the requirements of the Corporations Act 2001 , Australian Accounting Standards, interpretations and other authoritative pronouncements of the Australian Accounting Standards Board (“AASB”). Compliance with Australian Accounting Standards ensures that the consolidated financial statements comply with International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”).
Historical cost convention
The consolidated financial statements have been prepared under the historical cost convention, except for certain financial assets and liabilities, defined benefit plan assets associated with retirement benefit obligations and liabilities for cash-settled share based payments, which are measured at fair value.
Rounding of amounts
The Company is of a kind referred to in Class Order 98/100, dated 10 July 1998, and in accordance with that Class Order amounts in the financial report are rounded off to the nearest tenth of a million dollars, unless otherwise indicated.
c) Critical accounting estimates
The preparation of the consolidated financial statements requires the use of certain critical accounting estimates. It also requires management to exercise its judgement in the process of applying the Group’s accounting policies. The areas involving a higher degree of judgement or complexity, or areas where assumptions and estimates are significant to the consolidated financial statements, are disclosed in note 3.
d) New accounting standards and interpretations
New and amended accounting standards issued by the AASB and IASB which became effective on 1 July 2014 that are relevant to the Group include:
-
AASB 1031 Materiality (2013)
-
AASB 2012-3 Amendments to Australian Accounting Standards – Offsetting Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities
-
AASB 2013-3 Amendments to AASB 136 – Recoverable Amount Disclosures for Non-Financial Assets
-
AASB 2013-9 Amendments to Australian Accounting Standards – Part B: Materiality
AASB 9 Financial Instruments
AASB 9 introduces new requirements for the classification, measurement and derecognition of financial assets and financial liabilities and sets out new hedge accounting requirements. The impact of AASB 9 is being assessed by management but is not expected to have a significant impact on the Group’s accounting for financial assets and financial liabilities. AASB 9 is effective for annual periods beginning on or after 1 July 2018, and is available for early adoption.
AASB 15 Revenue from Contracts with Customers
AASB 15 establishes a new, single revenue accounting model which replaces existing revenue recognition guidance. The concept of transfer of risks and rewards is replaced with the notion that revenue is recognised when a customer obtains control of a good or service, that is, when the customer has the ability to direct the use of and obtain the benefits from the good or service. Additionally, the standard introduces requirements regarding variable consideration, allocation of transaction price based on relative standalone selling price and the time value of money with respect to longer-term contracts. AASB 15 is effective for annual periods beginning on or after 1 January 2017, and is available for early adoption. The Group has not yet assessed how its revenue recognition policy will be impacted by the new rules.
There are no other standards that are not yet effective and that are expected to have a material impact on the entity in the current or future reporting periods and on foreseeable future transactions.
e) Basis of consolidation
i) Subsidiaries
Subsidiaries are all entities over which the Group has control. The Group controls an entity when the Group is exposed to, or has rights to, variable returns from its involvement with the entity and has the ability to affect those returns through its power over the entity. Subsidiaries are fully consolidated from the date on which control is transferred to the Group. They are deconsolidated from the date that control ceases.
The acquisition method of accounting is used to account for business combinations by the Group (refer to note 1(f)).
Intercompany transactions, balances and unrealised gains on transactions between Group companies are eliminated. Unrealised losses are also eliminated unless the transaction provides evidence of an impairment of the transferred asset. Accounting policies of subsidiaries have been changed where necessary to ensure consistency with the policies adopted by the Group.
69
ii) Associates
An associate is an entity over whose operating and financial policies the Group exercises significant influence, but not control. Significant influence is presumed to exist where the Group has between 20% and 50% of the voting rights, but can also arise where the Group holds less than 20% if it has the power to be actively involved and influential in policy decisions impacting the entity. The Group’s investment in associates includes goodwill identified on acquisition. Investments in associates are accounted for using the equity method of accounting after initially being recognised at cost.
The Group determines at each reporting date whether there is any objective evidence that the investment in the associate is impaired. If this is the case, the Group calculates the amount of impairment as the difference between the recoverable amount of the associate and its carrying value and recognises the amount in profit or loss. Dilution gains and losses arising in investments in associates are recognised in profit or loss.
iii) Joint arrangements
Under AASB 11 Joint Arrangements investments in joint arrangements are classified as either joint operations or joint ventures. The classification depends on the contractual rights and obligations of each investor, rather than the legal structure of the joint arrangement. The Group has assessed the nature of its joint arrangements and determined that it has both joint operations and joint ventures.
Joint operations
The Group recognises its direct right to the assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses of joint operations and its share of any jointly held or incurred assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses. These have been incorporated in the financial statements under the appropriate headings. Details of the joint operation are set out in note 28(g).
Joint ventures
Interests in joint ventures are accounted for using the equity method of accounting, after initially being recognised at cost.
v) Changes in ownership interests
When the Group ceases to have control, joint control or significant influence, any retained interest in the entity is remeasured to its fair value with the change in carrying amount recognised in profit or loss. This fair value becomes the initial carrying amount for the purposes of subsequently accounting for the retained interest as an associate, joint venture or financial asset. In addition, any amounts previously recognised in other comprehensive income in respect of that entity are accounted for as if the Group had directly disposed of the related assets or liabilities. This may mean that amounts previously recognised in other comprehensive income are reclassified to profit or loss.
If the ownership interest in a joint venture or an associate is reduced but joint control or significant influence is retained, only a proportionate share of the amounts previously recognised in other comprehensive income are reclassified to profit or loss where appropriate.
f) Business combinations
The acquisition method of accounting is used to account for all business combinations, regardless of whether equity instruments or other assets are acquired. The consideration transferred for the acquisition of a subsidiary comprises the:
-
fair values of the assets transferred
-
liabilities incurred
-
equity interests issued by the Group
-
fair value of any asset or liability resulting from a contingent consideration arrangement, and
-
fair value of any pre-existing equity interest in the subsidiary.
Identifiable assets acquired and liabilities and contingent liabilities assumed in a business combination are, with limited exceptions, measured initially at their fair values at the acquisition date. The Group recognises any non-controlling interest in the acquired entity on an acquisition-byacquisition basis either at fair value or at the non-controlling interest’s proportionate share of the acquired entity’s net identifiable assets.
Acquisition-related costs are expensed as incurred.
iv) Equity method
Under the equity method of accounting, the investments are initially recognised at cost and adjusted thereafter to recognise the Group’s share of the post-acquisition profits or losses of the investee in profit or loss, and the Group’s share of movements in other comprehensive income of the investee in other comprehensive income. Dividends received or receivable from associates and joint ventures are recognised as a reduction in the carrying amount of the investment.
When the Group’s share of losses in an equity-accounted investment equals or exceeds its interest in the entity, including any other unsecured long-term receivables, the Group does not recognise further losses, unless it has incurred obligations or made payments on behalf of the other entity.
The excess of the consideration transferred, the amount of any non-controlling interest in the acquired entity, and the acquisition-date fair value of any previous equity interest in the acquired entity over the fair value of the identifiable net assets acquired is recorded as goodwill. If those amounts are less than the fair value of the net identifiable assets of the subsidiary acquired, the difference is recognised directly in profit or loss as a bargain purchase.
Where settlement of any part of cash consideration is deferred, the amounts payable in the future are discounted to their present value as at the date of exchange. The discount rate used is the entity’s incremental borrowing rate, being the rate at which a similar borrowing could be obtained from an independent financier under comparable terms and conditions.
Unrealised gains on transactions between the Group and its associates and joint ventures are eliminated to the extent of the Group’s interest in these entities. Unrealised losses are also eliminated unless the transaction provides evidence of an impairment of the asset transferred. Accounting policies of equity accounted investees have been changed where necessary to ensure consistency with the policies adopted by the Group.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
70
For the year ended 30 June 2015
NOTE 1 – SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)
f) Business combinations (continued)
Contingent consideration is classified either as equity or a financial liability. Amounts classified as a financial liability are subsequently remeasured to fair value with changes in fair value recognised in profit or loss.
If the business combination is achieved in stages, the acquisition date carrying value of the acquirer’s previously held equity interest in the acquire is remeasured to fair value at the acquisition date. Any gains or losses arising from such remeasurement are recognised in profit or loss.
On consolidation, exchange differences arising from the translation of any net investment in foreign entities, borrowings and other financial instruments designated as hedges of such investments, or long-term intragroup borrowings which, in substance, form part of the Group’s net investment in an entity, are recognised in other comprehensive income. When a loss of control occurs over a foreign operation, a proportionate share of such exchange differences is reclassified to profit or loss as part of the gain or loss on disposal where applicable.
Goodwill and fair value adjustments arising on the acquisition of a foreign entity are treated as assets and liabilities of the foreign entity and translated at the closing rate.
g) Foreign currency translation
i) Functional and presentation currency
The individual financial statements of each Group entity are presented in the currency of the primary economic environment in which the entity operates (the “functional currency”). The consolidated financial statements are presented in Australian dollars (“A$”), which is the Company’s functional currency and the Group’s presentation currency.
ii) Transactions and balances
Foreign currency transactions are translated into the functional currency using the exchange rates prevailing at the dates of the transactions. Foreign exchange gains and losses resulting from the settlement of such transactions and from the translation at year end exchange rates of monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are recognised in profit or loss, except when deferred in equity as qualifying cash flow hedges and qualifying net investment hedges or are attributable to part of the net investment in a foreign operation.
Non-monetary items that are measured at fair value in a foreign currency are translated using the exchange rates at the date when the fair value was determined. Translation differences on assets and liabilities carried at fair value are reported as part of the fair value gain or loss. Translation differences on non-monetary financial assets and liabilities such as equities held at fair value through profit or loss are recognised in profit or loss as part of the fair value gain or loss and translation differences on non-monetary assets such as equities classified as available-for-sale financial assets are included in other comprehensive income.
iii) Group companies
The results and financial position of foreign operations (none of which has the currency of a hyperinflationary economy) that have a functional currency different from the presentation currency are translated into the presentation currency as follows:
-
assets and liabilities for each statement of financial position presented are translated at the closing rate at the date of that statement of financial position;
-
income and expenses for each income statement and statement of comprehensive income are translated at average exchange rates (unless this is not a reasonable approximation of the cumulative effect of the rates prevailing on the transaction dates, in which case they are translated at the date of the transaction); and
-
all resulting exchange differences are recognised in other comprehensive income.
h) Government grants
Grants from the government are recognised at their fair value where there is a reasonable assurance that the grant will be received and the Group will comply with all attached conditions.
Government grants relating to costs are deferred and recognised in profit or loss over the period necessary to match them with the costs that they are intended to compensate.
Government grants relating to the purchase of property, plant and equipment are presented as a deferred income liability and are credited to other income in the income statement on a straight-line basis over the expected lives of the related assets.
i) Revenue recognition
Revenue is measured at the fair value of the consideration received or receivable. Amounts disclosed as revenue are net of returns and trade allowances. Amounts billed to customers in respect of shipping and handling are classified as sales revenue where the Group is responsible for carriage, insurance and freight. All shipping and handling costs incurred by the Group are recognised as freight expense in the income statement.
The Group recognises revenue when the amount of revenue can be reliably measured, it is probable that future economic benefits will flow to the entity and specific criteria have been met for each of the Group’s activities as described below. The amount of revenue is not considered to be reliably measurable until all contingencies relating to the sale have been resolved.
Revenue is recognised for the major business activities as follows:
i) Sale of goods
Revenue from the sale of goods is recognised when there is persuasive evidence of an arrangement, indicating that there has been a transfer of risks and rewards to the customer, no further work or processing is required by the Group, the quantity and quality of the goods have been determined with reasonable accuracy, the price is fixed or determinable and collectability is reasonably assured.
Revenue is therefore generally recognised when title passes. Title for both our ferrous and non-ferrous secondary recycling products and recycling solutions products are based on contract terms which vary across businesses. The majority of the Group’s ferrous bulk cargo sales arrangements specify that title passes once all material has been loaded onto a vessel (i.e. passed the ship’s rail).
71
A significant portion of these ferrous exports sales are made with letters of credit, reducing credit risk. Further, non-ferrous export sales typically require a deposit prior to shipment. However, domestic ferrous and non-ferrous sales are made on open account.
ii) Service revenue
Service revenue represents revenue earned from the collection of end-oflife post-consumer products for the purpose of product recycling. Service revenue is recognised when the services have been provided. Service revenue received in advance of the service being rendered is deferred.
iii) Interest income Interest income is recognised on an accrual basis using the effective interest method.
iv) Dividend income
Dividends are recognised when the right to receive payment is established.
j) Income tax
The income tax expense or benefit for the period is the tax payable on the current period taxable income based on the applicable income tax rate for each jurisdiction adjusted by changes in deferred tax assets and liabilities attributable to temporary differences and unused tax losses.
The current income tax charge is calculated on the basis of the tax laws enacted or substantively enacted at the end of the reporting period in the countries where the Group’s subsidiaries and associates operate and generate taxable income. Management periodically evaluates provisions taken in tax returns with respect to situations in which applicable tax regulation is subject to interpretation. It establishes provisions, where appropriate, on the basis of amounts expected to be paid to the tax authorities.
Deferred income tax is provided in full, using the liability method, on temporary differences arising between the tax bases of assets and liabilities and their carrying amounts in the consolidated financial statements. However, the deferred income tax is not accounted for if it arises from initial recognition of an asset or liability in a transaction other than a business combination that at the time of the transaction impacts neither accounting nor taxable profit or loss. Deferred income tax is determined using tax rates (and laws) that have been enacted or substantially enacted by the end of the reporting period and are expected to apply when the related deferred income tax asset is realised or the deferred income tax liability is settled.
Deferred tax assets are recognised for deductible temporary differences and unused tax losses only if it is probable that future taxable amounts will be available to utilise those temporary differences and losses.
Deferred tax liabilities and assets are not recognised for temporary differences between the carrying amount and tax bases of investments in controlled entities where the Company is able to control the timing of the reversal of the temporary differences and it is probable that the differences will not reverse in the foreseeable future.
Deferred tax assets and liabilities are offset when there is a legally enforceable right to offset current tax assets and liabilities and when the deferred tax balances relate to the same taxation authority. Current tax assets and tax liabilities are offset where the entity has a legally enforceable right to offset and intends either to settle on a net basis, or to realise the asset and settle the liability simultaneously.
Current and deferred tax is recognised in profit or loss, except to the extent that it relates to items recognised in other comprehensive income or directly in equity. In this case, the tax is also recognised in other comprehensive income or directly in equity, respectively.
i)
Tax consolidation legislation
Sims Metal Management Limited and its wholly owned Australian controlled entities have implemented the tax consolidation legislation as of 31 October 2005. Sims Metal Management Limited is the head entity of the tax consolidated group. Members of the tax consolidated group have entered into a tax sharing and funding agreement that provides for the allocation of income tax liabilities between entities should the head entity default on its tax payment obligations. No amounts have been recognised in the consolidated financial statements in respect of this agreement on the basis that the probability of default is remote.
ii) Investment allowances
Entities within the Group may be entitled to claim special tax deductions for investments in qualifying assets (investment allowances). The Group accounts for such allowances as tax credits, which means that the allowance reduces income tax payable and current tax expense. A deferred tax asset is recognised for unclaimed tax credits that are carried forward as deferred tax assets.
k) Leases
Leases in which a significant portion of the risks and rewards of ownership are retained by the lessor are classified as operating leases. Payments made under operating leases (net of any incentives received from the lessor) are charged to profit or loss on a straight-line basis over the period of the lease.
Leases of property, plant and equipment where the Group has substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership are classified as finance leases. Finance leases are capitalised at the lease’s commencement at the lower of the fair value of the leased property and the present value of the minimum lease payments.
Each lease payment is allocated between the liability and finance charges. The corresponding rental obligations, net of finance charges, are included in long-term payables. The interest element of the finance cost is charged to profit or loss over the lease period so as to produce a constant periodic rate of interest on the remaining balance of the liability for each period. The property, plant and equipment acquired under finance leases is depreciated over the shorter of the useful life of the asset and the lease term.
Lease income from operating leases where the Group is a lessor is recognised in income on a straight-line basis over the lease term.
l) Segment information
Operating segments are reported in a manner consistent with the internal reporting that was provided to the Managing Director and Group Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”), who is the chief operating decision maker. Details on the Group’s segments are set out in note 5.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements For the year ended 30 June 2015
72
NOTE 1 – SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)
m) Impairment of assets
Goodwill and intangible assets that have an indefinite useful life are not subject to amortisation and are tested annually for impairment, or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate a potential for impairment. Other assets are tested for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. An impairment loss is recognised for the amount by which the asset’s carrying amount exceeds its recoverable amount. The recoverable amount is the higher of an asset’s fair value less costs to sell and value in use. For the purposes of assessing impairment, assets are grouped at the lowest levels for which there are separately identifiable cash inflows, which are largely independent of the cash inflows from other assets or groups of assets (“CGUs”). Non-financial assets, other than goodwill, that suffered impairment are reviewed for possible reversal of the impairment at each reporting period.
n) Cash and cash equivalents
For the purpose of presentation in the consolidated statement of cash flows, cash and cash equivalents includes cash on hand, deposits held at call with financial institutions and other short-term, highly liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less that are readily convertible to known amounts of cash and which are subject to an insignificant risk of changes in value.
o) Trade and other receivables
Trade receivables are recognised initially at fair value and subsequently measured at amortised cost, less provision for impairment. Trade receivables are generally due for settlement within 30 to 60 days following shipment, except in the case of certain ferrous shipments made to export destinations, which are generally secured by letters of credit that are collected on negotiated terms but generally within 10 days of shipment.
Collectability of trade receivables is reviewed on an ongoing basis. Individual debts that are known to be uncollectible are written-off by reducing the carrying amount directly. An allowance account (a provision for impairment of trade receivables) is used when there is objective evidence that the Group will not be able to collect all amounts due according to the original terms of the receivable. Indicators of impairment would include significant financial difficulties of the debtor, likelihood of the debtor’s insolvency, default or delinquency in payment, or a significant deterioration in creditworthiness. The amount of the impairment provision is recognised in profit or loss within other expenses.
When a trade receivable for which an impairment provision had been recognised becomes uncollectible in a subsequent period, it is written-off against the provision for impairment account. Subsequent recoveries of amounts previously written-off are credited against other expenses in profit or loss.
p) Inventory
Inventories are stated at the lower of cost and net realisable value. Cost is based on weighted average and comprises direct materials, direct labour and an appropriate proportion of variable and fixed overhead expenditures, the latter being allocated on the basis of normal operating capacity. Net realisable value is the estimated selling price in the ordinary course of business less the estimated costs of completion and the estimated costs necessary to make the sale including freight.
Stores consist of consumable and maintenance stores and spare parts when they do not meet the definition of property, plant and equipment. Stores and spare parts are valued at the lower of cost and net realisable value. Cost is determined using either the first-in-first out (“FIFO”) or the weighted average method.
q) Non-current assets (or disposal groups) held for sale and discontinued operations
Non-current assets (or disposal groups) are classified as held for sale if their carrying amount will be recovered principally through a sale transaction rather than through continuing use and a sale is considered highly probable. They are measured at the lower of their carrying amount and fair value less costs to sell, except for assets such as deferred tax assets, assets arising from employee benefits and financial assets that are carried at fair value, which are specifically exempt from this requirement.
An impairment loss is recognised for any initial or subsequent writedown of the asset (or disposal group) to fair value less costs to sell. A gain is recognised for any subsequent increases in fair value less costs to sell of an asset (or disposal group), but not in excess of any cumulative impairment loss previously recognised. A gain or loss not previously recognised by the date of the sale of the non-current asset (or disposal group) is recognised at the date of derecognition.
Non-current assets (including those that are part of a disposal group) are not depreciated or amortised while they are classified as held for sale. Interest and other expenses attributable to the liabilities of a disposal group classified as held for sale continue to be recognised.
Non-current assets classified as held for sale and the assets of a disposal group classified as held for sale are presented separately from the other assets in the statement of financial position. The liabilities associated with an asset classified as held for sale and the liabilities of a disposal group classified as held for sale are presented separately from other liabilities in the statement of financial position.
A discontinued operation is a component of the entity that has been disposed of or is classified as held for sale and that represents a separate major line of business or geographical area of operations, is part of a single coordinated plan to dispose of such a line of business or area of operations or is a subsidiary acquired exclusively with a view to resale. The results of discontinued operations are presented separately in profit or loss.
73
r) Property, plant and equipment
Property, plant and equipment is recorded at historical cost less accumulated depreciation and accumulated impairment. Historical cost includes expenditures that are directly attributable to the acquisition and installation of the items. Cost may also include transfers from equity of any gain or loss on qualifying cash flow hedges of foreign currency purchases of property, plant and equipment.
Subsequent costs are included in the asset’s carrying amount or recognised as a separate asset, as appropriate, only when it is probable that future economic benefits associated with the item will flow to the Group and the cost of the item can be measured reliably. The carrying amount of any component accounted for as a separate asset is derecognised when replaced. All other repairs and maintenance are charged to profit or loss during the financial period in which they are incurred.
Land is not depreciated. Depreciation on other assets is calculated using the straight-line method to allocate their cost net of their residual values, over their estimated useful lives, as follows:
-
Buildings – 25 to 40 years
-
Plant and equipment – 1 to 20 years
-
Leasehold improvements – lesser of life of asset or life of the lease
The assets’ residual values and useful lives are reviewed, and adjusted if appropriate, at the end of each reporting period. An asset’s carrying amount is written-down immediately to its recoverable amount if the asset’s carrying amount is greater than its estimated recoverable amount as set out in note 1(m). Gains and losses on disposals are determined by comparing proceeds with carrying amounts and recognised in profit or loss.
s) Financial assets
i) Classification
The Group classifies its financial assets in the following categories:
-
financial assets at fair value through profit or loss;
-
loans and receivables;
-
held-to-maturity investments; and
-
available-for-sale financial assets.
The classification depends on the purpose for which the investments were acquired. Management determines the classification of its investments at initial recognition and, in the case of assets classified as held-to-maturity, re-evaluates this designation at the end of each reporting period.
ii) Reclassification
The Group may choose to reclassify a non-derivative trading financial asset out of the held for trading category if the financial asset is no longer held for the purpose of selling it in the near term. Financial assets other than loans and receivables are permitted to be reclassified out of the held for trading category only in rare circumstances arising from a single event that is unusual and highly unlikely to recur in the near term. In addition, the Group may choose to reclassify financial assets that would meet the definition of loans and receivables out of the held for trading or available-for-sale categories if the Group has the intention and ability to hold these financial assets for the foreseeable future or until maturity at the date of reclassification.
Reclassifications are made at fair value as of the reclassification date. Fair value becomes the new cost or amortised cost as applicable, and no reversals of fair value gains or losses recorded before reclassification date are subsequently made. Effective interest rates for financial assets reclassified to loans and receivables and held-to-maturity categories are determined at the reclassification date. Further increases in estimates of cash flows adjust effective interest rates prospectively.
If there is evidence of impairment for any of the Group’s financial assets carried at amortised cost, the loss is measured as the difference between the asset’s carrying amount and the present value of estimated future cash flows, excluding future credit losses that have not been incurred. The cash flows are discounted at the financial asset’s original effective interest rate. The loss is recognised in profit or loss.
iii) Recognition and derecognition
Regular way purchases and sales of financial assets are recognised on trade-date, the date on which the Group commits to purchase or sell the asset. Financial assets are derecognised when the rights to receive cash flows from the financial assets have expired or have been transferred and the Group has transferred substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership.
When securities classified as available-for-sale are sold, the accumulated fair value adjustments recognised in other comprehensive income are reclassified to profit or loss as gains and losses from investment securities.
iv) Measurement
At initial recognition, the Group measures a financial asset at its fair value plus, in the case of a financial asset not at fair value through profit or loss, transaction costs that are directly attributable to the acquisition of the financial asset. Transaction costs of financial assets carried at fair value through profit or loss are expensed in profit or loss.
Loans and receivables and held-to-maturity investments are subsequently carried at amortised cost using the effective interest method.
Available-for-sale financial assets and financial assets at fair value through profit or loss are subsequently carried at fair value. Gains or losses arising from changes in the fair value of the “financial assets at fair value through profit or loss” category are presented in profit or loss within other income or other expenses in the period in which they arise. Dividend income from financial assets at fair value through profit or loss is recognised in profit or loss as part of revenue from continuing operations when the Group’s right to receive payments is established.
v) Impairment
The Group assesses at the end of each reporting period whether there is objective evidence that a financial asset or group of financial assets is impaired. A financial asset or a group of financial assets is impaired and impairment losses are incurred only if there is objective evidence of impairment as a result of one or more events that occurred after the initial recognition of the asset (a “loss event”) and that loss event (or events) has an impact on the estimated future cash flows of the financial asset or group of financial assets that can be reliably estimated. In the case of equity investments classified as available-forsale, a significant or prolonged decline in the fair value of the security below its cost is considered an indicator that the assets are impaired.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
For the year ended 30 June 2015
74
NOTE 1 – SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)
s) Financial assets (continued)
Assets carried at amortised cost
For loans and receivables, the amount of the loss is measured as the difference between the asset’s carrying amount and the present value of estimated future cash flows (excluding future credit losses that have not been incurred) discounted at the financial asset’s original effective interest rate. The carrying amount of the asset is reduced and the amount of the loss is recognised in profit or loss. If a loan or held-tomaturity investment has a variable interest rate, the discount rate for measuring any impairment loss is the current effective interest rate determined under the contract. As a practical expedient, the Group may measure impairment on the basis of an instrument’s fair value using an observable market price.
If, in a subsequent period, the amount of the impairment loss decreases and the decrease can be related objectively to an event occurring after the impairment was recognised (such as an improvement in the debtor’s credit rating), the reversal of the previously recognised impairment loss is recognised in profit or loss.
Impairment testing of trade receivables is described in note 1(o).
Assets classified as available-for-sale
If there is objective evidence of impairment for available-for-sale financial assets, the cumulative loss (measured as the difference between the acquisition cost and the current fair value, less any impairment loss on that financial asset previously recognised in profit or loss) is removed from equity and recognised in profit or loss.
Impairment losses on equity instruments that were recognised in profit or loss are not reversed through profit or loss in a subsequent period.
If the fair value of a debt instrument classified as available-for-sale increases in a subsequent period and the increase can be objectively related to an event occurring after the impairment loss was recognised in profit or loss, the impairment loss is reversed through profit or loss.
t) Derivatives and hedging activities
Derivatives are initially recognised at fair value on the date a derivative contract is entered into and are subsequently remeasured to their fair value at the end of each reporting period. The accounting for subsequent changes in fair value depends on whether the derivative is designated as a hedging instrument, and if so, the nature of the item being hedged. The Group designates certain derivatives as either: (i) hedges of the fair value of recognised assets or liabilities or a firm commitment (“fair value hedges”) or (ii) hedges of a particular risk associated with the cash flows of recognised assets and liabilities and highly probable forecast transactions (“cash flow hedges”).
Certain derivative instruments do not qualify for hedge accounting, despite being valid economic hedges of the relevant risks. Changes in the fair value of any derivative instrument that does not qualify for hedge accounting are recognised immediately in profit or loss and are included in other income or other expenses.
The Group documents, at the inception of the hedging transaction, the relationship between hedging instruments and hedged items, as well as its risk management objective and strategy for undertaking various hedge transactions. The Group also documents its assessment, both at hedge inception and on an ongoing basis, of whether the derivatives that are used in hedging transactions have been, and will continue to be, highly effective in offsetting changes in fair values or cash flows of hedged items.
The fair values of various derivative financial instruments used for hedging purposes are disclosed in note 11. Movements in the hedging reserve in equity are shown in note 20. The full fair value of a hedging derivative is classified as a non-current asset or liability when the remaining maturity of the hedged item is more than 12 months; it is classified as a current asset or liability when the remaining maturity is less than 12 months.
Options and warrants associated with listed equity securities and the conversion feature of convertible loans are classified as derivatives on the statement of financial position.
i) Fair value hedge
Changes in the fair value of derivatives that are designated and qualify as fair value hedges are recorded in profit or loss, together with any changes in the fair value of the hedged asset or liability that are attributable to the hedged risk.
ii) Cash flow hedge
The effective portion of changes in the fair value of derivatives that are designated and qualify as cash flow hedges are recognised in other comprehensive income and accumulated in the hedging reserve in equity. The gain or loss relating to the ineffective portion is recognised immediately in profit or loss. Amounts accumulated in equity are reclassified to profit or loss in the periods when the hedged item impacts profit or loss (for instance when the forecast sale that is hedged takes place). The gain or loss relating to the effective portion of forward foreign exchange contracts hedging export sales is recognised in profit or loss within revenue.
Where the hedged item is the cost of a non-financial asset or liability, such as a forecast transaction for the purchase of property, plant and equipment, the amounts recognised within other comprehensive income are transferred to the initial carrying amount of the non-financial asset or liability.
When a hedging instrument expires or is sold or terminated, or when a hedge no longer meets the criteria for hedge accounting, any cumulative gain or loss existing in equity at that time remains in equity and is recognised when the forecast transaction is ultimately recognised in profit or loss. When a forecast transaction is no longer expected to occur, the cumulative gains or losses that were deferred in equity are immediately transferred to profit or loss.
75
u) Goodwill and other intangible assets
i) Goodwill
Goodwill is measured as described in note 1(f). Goodwill is not amortised but it is tested for impairment annually or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate that it might be impaired, and is carried at cost less accumulated impairment losses. Gains and losses on the disposal of an entity include the carrying amount of goodwill relating to the entity sold.
Goodwill is allocated to CGUs for the purpose of impairment testing. The allocation is made to those CGUs or groups of CGUs that are expected to benefit from the business combination from which the goodwill arose.
ii) Trade name
Trade name relates principally to the “Metal Management” trading name. This intangible asset has a finite useful life and is carried at cost less accumulated amortisation. Amortisation is calculated using the straight-line method to allocate the cost of the trade name over its estimated useful life, which is 20 years.
iii) Supplier relationships and contracts
Supplier relationships and contracts acquired as part of a business combination are recognised separately from goodwill. The supplier relationships and contracts are carried at their fair value at the date of acquisition less accumulated amortisation and impairment losses. Amortisation is calculated based on the timing of projected cash flows of the supplier relationships or straight-line method (as appropriate) over their estimated useful lives, which currently vary from one to eight years.
iv) Permits
Permits acquired as part of a business combination are recognised separately from goodwill. Permits are issued by state and local governments and are renewable at little or no cost and are thus considered to have an indefinite life. Permits are carried at their fair value at the date of acquisition and are not amortised. Instead, permits are tested for impairment annually, or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate that they might be impaired, and are carried at cost less accumulated impairment losses. Permits that relate to facilities that have closed, relocated or sold are written-off to nil at the time the facility is closed, relocated or sold.
v)
Trade and other payables
Trade and other payable amounts represent liabilities for goods and services provided to the Group prior to the end of a financial year, which are unpaid. The amounts are unsecured and are usually payable within 30 days of recognition.
w) Borrowings
Borrowings are initially recognised at fair value, net of transaction costs incurred. Borrowings are subsequently measured at amortised cost. Any difference between the proceeds (net of transaction costs) and the redemption amount is recognised in profit or loss over the period of the borrowings using the effective interest method. Fees paid on the establishment of loan facilities are recognised as prepayments and amortised to finance costs on a straight-line basis over the term of the loan facility.
Borrowings are removed from the statement of financial position when the obligation specified in the contract is discharged, cancelled or expired. The difference between the carrying amount of a financial liability that has been extinguished or transferred to another party and the consideration paid, including any non-cash assets transferred or liabilities assumed, is recognised in profit or loss as other income or finance costs.
Borrowings are classified as current liabilities unless the Group has the unconditional right to defer settlement of the liability for at least 12 months after the reporting period.
x) Borrowing costs
Borrowing costs incurred for the construction of any qualifying asset are capitalised during the period of time required to complete and prepare the asset for its intended use. Other borrowing costs are recognised as expenses in the period in which they are incurred.
y) Provisions
Provisions are recognised when the Group has a present legal or constructive obligation as a result of past events, it is probable that an outflow of resources will be required to settle the obligation and the amount can be reliably estimated. Provisions are not recognised for future operating losses.
Where there are a number of similar obligations, the likelihood that an outflow will be required in settlement is determined by considering the class of obligations as a whole. A provision is recognised even if the likelihood of an outflow with respect to any one item included in the same class of obligations may be small.
Provisions are measured at the present value of management’s best estimate of the expenditure required to settle the present obligation at the end of the reporting period. The discount rate used to determine the present value is a pre-tax rate that reflects current market assessments of the time value of money and the risks specific to the liability. The increase in the provision due to the passage of time is recognised as interest expense.
Provisions for onerous leases are recognised when the Group believes that the unavoidable costs of meeting the lease obligations exceed the economic benefits expected to be received under the lease. Provisions for dilapidation costs are recognised on a lease by lease basis.
z) Employee benefits
i) Short-term obligations
A liability is recognised for benefits accruing to employees in respect of wages and salaries, annual leave and sick leave in the period the related service is rendered. Liabilities recognised in respect of shortterm employee benefits, are measured at their nominal values using the remuneration rate expected to apply at the time of settlement.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
76
For the year ended 30 June 2015
NOTE 1 – SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)
z) Employee benefits (continued)
ii) Other long-term employee benefit obligations
The liability for long service leave is recognised in the provision for employee benefits and measured as the present value of expected future payments to be made in respect of services provided by employees up to the end of the reporting period in which the employees render the related service. Consideration is given to expected future wage and salary levels, experience of employee departures and periods of service. Expected future payments are discounted using market yields at the reporting date on national government bonds with terms to maturity and currency that match, as closely as possible, the estimated future cash outflows.
iii) Retirement benefits
The cost of providing benefits under the defined benefit plans is determined separately for each plan using the projected unit credit method. Past service costs, resulting from either a plan amendment or a curtailment are recognised immediately in profit or loss.
Net interest expense relating to defined benefit plans represents the net change in present value of plan obligations and the value of plan assets resulting from the passage of time, and is determined by applying the discount rate to the present value of the benefit obligation at the start of the year, and to the fair value of plan assets at the start of the year, taking into account expected changes in the obligation or plan assets during the year.
Re-measurements of the net defined benefit liability or asset, comprising actuarial gains and losses, and the return on plan assets (excluding amounts included in net interest described above) are recognised within other comprehensive income in the period in which they occur. Re-measurements are not reclassified to profit or loss in subsequent periods.
The defined benefit pension plan asset or obligation in the statement of financial position comprises the total for each plan of the present value of the defined benefit obligation (using a discount rate based on high quality corporate bonds), less the fair value of plan assets out of which the obligations are to be settled directly. Fair value is based on market price information and, in the case of quoted securities, is the published bid price.
Contributions to defined contribution plans are recognised in the income statement in the period in which they become payable.
iv) Termination benefits
Termination benefits are payable when employment is terminated before the normal retirement date, or when an employee accepts voluntary redundancy in exchange for these benefits. The Group recognises termination benefits at the earlier of the following dates: (a) when the Group can no longer withdraw the offer of those benefits; or (b) when the entity recognises costs for a restructuring that is within the scope of AASB 137 and involves the payment of termination benefits. In the case of an offer made to encourage voluntary redundancy, the termination benefits are measured based on the number of employees expected to accept the offer. Benefits due more than 12 months after the end of the reporting period are discounted to present value.
v) Share-based payments
Share-based compensation benefits are provided to certain employees via the schemes set out in note 24. For share-based arrangements, the fair value is measured at grant date and recognised as an employee benefit expense with a corresponding increase in equity. For cash-settled share-based arrangements, the fair value of the amount payable is recognised as an employee benefit expense with a corresponding increase to a liability. The liability is re-measured each reporting date and at settlement date. Any changes in the fair value of the liability are recognised as an employee benefit expense in profit or loss.
The fair value at grant date is independently determined using either a binomial model or a Monte-Carlo simulation model. The model takes into account the exercise price, the term, the share price at grant date and expected price volatility of the underlying share, the expected dividend yield and the risk-free interest rate for the term of the grant. The fair value is adjusted to reflect market vesting conditions, but excludes the impact of any non-market vesting conditions (for example, earnings per share targets). Non-market vesting conditions are included in assumptions about the number of shares that are expected to become exercisable. At the end of each reporting period, the Group revises its estimate of the number of shares that are expected to become exercisable. The employee benefit expense recognised each period takes into account the most recent estimate. The impact of the revision to original estimates, if any, is recognised in profit or loss with a corresponding adjustment to equity.
aa) Contributed equity
Ordinary shares are classified as equity. Incremental costs directly attributable to the issuance of new shares are shown in equity as a deduction, net of tax, from the proceeds.
When the Company purchases any of its own equity instruments, for example, as a result of a share buy-back, the consideration paid, including any directly attributable incremental costs (net of income taxes) is deducted from contributed equity and any reacquired shares are cancelled upon their purchase.
ab) Dividends
A provision is made for the amount of any dividends declared on or before the end of the reporting period, but not distributed at the end of the reporting period.
ac) Earnings per share (“EPS”)
Basic earnings per share is calculated by dividing net profit by the weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding during the financial year, adjusted for bonus elements in ordinary shares issued during the year.
Diluted earnings per share adjusts the figures used in the
determination of basic earnings per share to take into account the after income tax effect of interest and other financing costs associated with dilutive potential ordinary shares, and the weighted average number of additional ordinary shares that would have been outstanding assuming the conversion of all dilutive potential ordinary shares.
77
ad) Goods and services or other value-added taxes (“GST”)
Cash flows are presented on a gross basis. The GST components of cash flows arising from investing or financing activities which are recoverable from, or payable to the taxation authority, are presented as operating cash flows.
ae) Parent entity financial information
The financial information for the parent entity, Sims Metal Management Limited, disclosed in note 30, has been prepared on the same basis as the consolidated financial statements, except as set out below.
i) Investments in subsidiaries
Investments in subsidiaries are accounted for at cost in the financial statements of the Company. Dividends received from subsidiaries are recognised in the Company’s profit or loss, rather than being deducted from the carrying amount of the investments.
ii) Tax consolidation legislation
The Company and its wholly-owned Australian controlled entities have implemented the tax consolidation legislation. The head entity, Sims Metal Management Limited, and the controlled entities in the tax consolidated group, account for their own current and deferred tax amounts. These amounts are measured as if each entity in the tax consolidated group continues to be a standalone taxpayer in its own right.
In addition to its current and deferred tax amounts, the Company also recognises the current tax liabilities (or assets) and the deferred tax assets arising from unused tax losses and unused tax credits assumed from controlled entities in the tax consolidated group.
The entities have also entered into a tax funding agreement under which the wholly-owned entities fully compensate the Company for any current tax receivable and deferred tax assets relating to unused tax losses or unused tax credits that are transferred to the Company under the tax consolidation legislation. The funding amounts are determined by reference to the amounts recognised in the wholly-owned entities’ financial statements.
The amount receivable/payable under the tax funding agreement is due upon receipt of the funding advice from the head entity, which is issued as soon as practicable after the end of each financial year. The head entity may also require payment of interim funding amounts to assist with its obligations to pay tax installments.
Assets or liabilities arising under the tax funding agreements with the tax consolidated entities are recognised as current amounts receivable from or payable to other entities in the Group.
Any difference between the amounts assumed and amounts receivable or payable under the tax funding agreement are recognised as a contribution to (or distribution from) wholly-owned tax consolidated entities.
~~NOTE 2 – FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT~~
The Group’s activities expose it to a variety of financial risks: market risk (including interest rate risk, foreign exchange risk, commodity price risk and equity securities price risk), credit risk and liquidity risk. The Group’s overall financial risk management strategy seeks to mitigate these risks to minimise potential adverse effects on the financial performance of the Group.
The Group uses derivative financial instruments in certain circumstances in accordance with Board approved policies to hedge exposure to fluctuations in foreign exchange rates and commodity prices. Derivative financial instruments are used for hedging purposes and not as trading or other speculative instruments. The Group uses different methods to measure different types of risk to which it is exposed. These methods include monitoring key movements in interest rates, key transactions impacted by foreign exchange, commodity prices, equity prices and ageing analysis for credit risk. Risk management is carried out by a limited number of employees as authorised by the Board. The Board provides written principles for overall risk management, as well as written policies covering specific areas, such as foreign exchange risk, interest rate risk, credit risk, use of derivative financial instruments and non-derivative financial instruments and the investment of excess liquidity.
The Risk, Audit & Compliance Committee (“RAC”) of the Board oversees, on a quarterly basis, the monitoring of compliance by management with the Group’s risk management framework. The RAC is assisted in its oversight role by Internal Audit. Internal Audit undertakes both regular and ad hoc reviews of risk management controls and procedures, the results of which are also reported to the RAC.
The carrying amounts and estimated fair value of all the Group’s financial assets and liabilities approximate each other. The carrying amount is recognised in the statement of financial position as follows:
| 2015 | 2014 | |||
|---|---|---|---|---|
| Note | A$m | A$m | ||
| Financial assets: | ||||
| Cash and cash equivalents | 31 | 316.0 | 57.2 | |
| Trade and other receivables | 9 | 396.6 | 445.6 | |
| Other fnancial assets | 11 | 27.8 | 59.0 | |
| Total fnancial assets | 740.4 | 561.8 | ||
| Financial liabilities: | ||||
| Trade and other payables | 15 | 534.5 | 577.9 | |
| Borrowings | 16 | 2.1 | 14.9 | |
| Other fnancial liabilities | 11 | 1.6 | 4.5 | |
| Total fnancial liabilities | 538.2 | 597.3 |
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
78
For the year ended 30 June 2015
~~NOTE 2 – FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT (CONTINUED)~~
a) Market risk
Market risk is the risk that the fair value or future cash flows of the Group’s financial instruments will fluctuate because of changes in market prices. The market risks to which the Group is exposed are discussed in further detail below.
i) Interest rate risk
Interest rate risk arises from interest bearing financial assets and liabilities that the Group utilises. The Group’s main exposure to interest rate risk arises from borrowings at variable interest rates. The Group does not use any derivative financial instruments to manage its exposure to interest rate risk. Cash deposits, loans to third parties and associates and borrowings issued at fixed rates expose the Group to fair value interest rate risk.
The Group’s borrowings are sourced primarily from domestic, but also offshore, markets. The Group’s borrowings consist primarily of foreign currency denominated borrowings and are managed in accordance with targeted currency, interest rate, liquidity and debt portfolio maturity profiles.
Specifically, interest rate risk is managed on the Group’s net debt portfolio by:
-
providing access to diverse sources of funding;
-
reducing risks of refinancing by establishing and managing in accordance with target maturity profiles; and
-
negotiating interest rates with the Group’s banks based on a variable pricing matrix, which generally involves a LIBOR rate plus a margin.
The Group’s weighted average interest rate on interest-bearing liabilities for the year ended 30 June 2015 was 1.9% (2014: 2.6%). The interest rate risk for interest-bearing liabilities is immaterial in terms of possible impact on profit or loss.
ii) Price risk
Commodity price risk
The Group is exposed to risks associated with fluctuations in the market price for ferrous and non-ferrous metals and precious metals, which are at times volatile. The Group seeks to mitigate commodity price risk by seeking to turn over its inventories quickly, instead of holding inventories in anticipation of higher commodity prices. The ability of the Group to accomplish an adequate level of inventory turnover can be a function of demand and market conditions which are not always steady. The Group uses forward commodity contracts matched to purchases or sales of non-ferrous metals (primarily copper, nickel and aluminum) and certain precious metals (primarily gold, silver and palladium) where viable forward commodity contracts are available to minimise price risk exposure.
The Group’s normal policy is to sell its products at prevailing market prices. Exceptions to this rule are subject to limits and policies approved by the Board and to systems of internal controls and compliance monitoring. The Group’s exposure to commodity prices is, to an extent, diversified by virtue of its broad commodity base.
At the end of the reporting period, none of the Group’s forward commodity contracts qualified for hedge accounting, despite being valid economic hedges of the relevant risk. Accordingly, any movement in commodity rates that impact the fair value of these forward commodity contracts are recorded in profit or loss. Note 11 shows the carrying amount of the Group’s forward commodity contracts at the end of the reporting period.
The following table shows the effect on post-tax profit from a 10% appreciation in commodity prices at the end of the reporting period being applied to outstanding forward commodity contracts, with all other variables held constant. A 10% sensitivity has been selected, as this is considered reasonable, given the current level of commodity prices and the volatility observed both on a historical basis and on market expectations for future movements.
| 2015 | 2014 | |
|---|---|---|
| A$m | A$m | |
| Impact onpost-taxproft – higher/(lower) | (8.9) | (11.3) |
A 10% depreciation of the stated commodity prices would have an equal and opposite effect.
Equity securities price risk
The Group is exposed to equity securities price risk through financial instruments classified as fair value through profit or loss, whose valuations are partially derived from equity prices of listed securities. The Group does not attempt to manage the price risk related to these financial instruments.
The Group is also exposed to equity securities price risk through investments in marketable securities. These marketable securities are traded in major financial markets. The price risk for these investments is immaterial in terms of possible impact on profit or loss.
iii) Foreign exchange risk
The Group operates internationally and is exposed to foreign exchange risk, primarily with respect to transactions settled in US dollars. Financial assets and liabilities denominated in currencies other than the functional currency of an entity are periodically restated to their functional currency, and the associated gain or loss is taken to profit or loss. The exposure of an entity to transaction risk is minimised by matching local currency income with local currency costs.
The Group seeks to denominate borrowings in the currencies of its principal assets and cash flows. These are primarily denominated in US dollars, British pounds sterling, Euros and Australian dollars.
In accordance with Board approved policies, the Group enters into forward foreign exchange contracts to buy and sell specific amounts of various foreign currencies in the future at predetermined exchange rates. The forward foreign exchange contracts are used to hedge transactions denominated in currencies that are not the functional currency of the relevant entity. These contracts are hedging highly probable forecasted transactions and recognised assets and liabilities for the ensuing financial year. The contracts are timed to mature when monies from the forecasted sales are scheduled to be received or when payments for purchases are scheduled to be made (generally three to six months).
79
The Group’s exposure to foreign exchange risk at the end of the reporting period, expressed in Australian dollars, was as follows:
| Currency: | Net fnancial assets/(liabilities) |
|---|---|
| 2015 2014 A$m A$m |
|
| US dollar Euro Britishpounds sterling |
9.0 6.8 27.6 8.8 0.7 0.2 |
The table below shows the net impact of a 10% appreciation of the relevant currency against the Australian dollar for the balances above with all other variables held constant and the corresponding effect on the Group’s forward foreign exchange contracts with all other variables held constant. A sensitivity of 10% has been selected, as this is considered reasonable, given the current level of exchange rates and the volatility observed both on a historical basis and on market expectations for future movements.
| US dollar Euro British pounds |
|
|---|---|
| 2015 2014 2015 2014 2015 2014 A$m A$m A$m A$m A$m A$m |
|
| Impact on post-tax proft – (lower)/higher Impact on equity– higher/(lower) |
(5.5) (1.7) (0.3) 0.1 0.1 0.0 33.9 19.8 – (1.2) – – |
The impact on equity includes the effect from intragroup long-term borrowings which, in substance, form part of the Group’s investment in an entity. Exchange gains and losses on these balances are recorded in the foreign currency translation reserve.
A 10% depreciation of the relevant currency against the Australian dollar would have an equal and opposite effect.
Translation risk
The financial statements for each of the Group’s foreign operations are prepared in local currency, being their functional currency. For the purposes of preparing the Group’s consolidated financial information, each foreign operation’s financial statements are translated into Australian dollars using the applicable foreign exchange rates as at the balance date. A translation risk, therefore, exists on translating the financial statements of the Group’s foreign operations into Australian dollars for the purposes of reporting consolidated financial information. As a result, volatility in foreign exchange rates can impact the Group’s net assets, net profit and the foreign currency translation reserve and, as a result, can influence compliance with credit agreements.
b) Liquidity risk
Liquidity risk is associated with ensuring that there is sufficient cash and cash equivalents on hand and the availability of funding through an adequate amount of committed credit facilities to meet the Group’s obligations as they mature and the ability to close out market positions.
The Group manages liquidity risk by monitoring forecast and actual cash flows and matching the maturity profiles of financial assets and liabilities. Due to the dynamic and volatile nature of the underlying businesses, the Group aims at maintaining flexibility in funding by keeping committed credit lines available with a variety of counterparties.
The Group has access to unsecured global multi-currency/multi-option loan facilities, all of which are subject to common terms. The loan facilities have maturities through 31 October 2016. The Group also has annual rights to extend the maturity by an additional year in certain circumstances. The Group had access to the following credit standby arrangements at the balance date. The amount of credit available is subject to limits from covenants as specified in the loan facilities.
| covenants as specifed in the loan facilities. | ||
|---|---|---|
| 2015 | 2014 | |
| A$m | A$m | |
| Unsecured global multi-currency/multi-option loan facilities | 1,574.1 | 1,352.9 |
| Amount of credit unused | 1,529.9 | 1,314.9 |
| There have been no breaches of the Group’s bank covenants during the period. |
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
For the year ended 30 June 2015
80
~~NOTE 2 – FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT (CONTINUED)~~
b) Liquidity risk (continued)
The contractual cash flows of the Group’s financial liabilities are shown in the table below. The contractual amounts represent the future undiscounted cash flows. The amounts for interest bearing liabilities also include interest cash flows and therefore, do not equate to the carrying amount. The expected timing of cash outflows are set out below:
| amount. The expected timing of cash outfows are set out below: | |||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Less than | Between 1 | Between 2 | |||
| 1 year | and 2 years | and 5 years | Over 5 years | Total | |
| A$m | A$m | A$m | A$m | A$m | |
| 2015 | |||||
| Non-derivatives: | |||||
| Trade and other payables | 527.7 | 1.8 | 0.8 | 4.2 | 534.5 |
| Finance lease liabilities | 0.6 | 0.6 | 1.1 | 0.1 | 2.4 |
| Borrowings (excluding fnance leases) | – | – | – | – | – |
| Derivatives: | |||||
| Net settled (forward commodity contracts) | 0.1 | – | – | – | 0.1 |
| Gross settled (forward foreign exchange contracts): | |||||
| – (infows) | (76.2) | – | – | – | (76.2) |
| – outfows | 77.7 | – | – | – | 77.7 |
| 529.9 | 2.4 | 1.9 | 4.3 | 538.5 | |
| Interest on fnancial commitments | 10.6 | 3.6 | – | – | 14.2 |
| Financialguarantees1 | 61.4 | – | – | – | 61.4 |
| 601.9 | 6.0 | 1.9 | 4.3 | 614.1 | |
| 2014 | |||||
| Non-derivatives: | |||||
| Trade and other payables | 571.4 | 1.9 | 2.8 | 1.8 | 577.9 |
| Finance lease liabilities | 0.6 | 0.6 | 1.7 | 0.1 | 3.0 |
| Borrowings (excluding fnance leases) | 0.4 | 0.4 | 12.4 | – | 13.2 |
| Derivatives: | |||||
| Net settled (forward commodity contracts) | 4.3 | – | – | – | 4.3 |
| Gross settled (forward foreign exchange contracts): | |||||
| – (infows) | (38.7) | – | – | – | (38.7) |
| – outfows | 38.9 | – | – | – | 38.9 |
| 576.9 | 2.9 | 16.9 | 1.9 | 598.6 | |
| Interest on fnancial commitments | 9.6 | 9.6 | 3.3 | – | 22.5 |
| Financialguarantees1 | 54.1 | – | – | – | 54.1 |
| 640.6 | 12.5 | 20.2 | 1.9 | 675.2 |
1 Refer to note 22(a) for details on financial guarantees. The amounts disclosed above are the maximum amounts allocated to the earliest period in which the guarantee could be called. However, the Group considers that it is more likely than not that such an amount will not be payable under the arrangement.
c) Credit risk
Credit risk is the risk that a counterparty will not complete its obligations under a financial instrument and cause a financial loss to the Group. The Group has exposure to credit risk on all financial assets included in the Group’s statement of financial position.
The Group establishes credit limits for its customers. Trade and other receivables consist of a large number of customers, spread across various metal producing sectors in international markets. The Group does not have any significant credit risk exposure to a single customer or groups of customers. Ongoing credit evaluation is performed on the financial condition of the Group’s customers and, where appropriate, an impairment provision is raised. For certain customers, the Group purchases credit insurance to protect itself against collection risks.
The Group is also exposed to credit risk arising from the Group’s transactions in derivative contracts. For credit purposes, there is only a credit risk where the counterparty is liable to pay the Group in the event of a closeout. The Group has policies that limit the amount of credit exposure to any financial institution. Derivative counterparties and cash transactions are limited to financial institutions that have a minimum credit rating of “A” by either Standard & Poor’s or Moody’s. Management also monitors the current credit exposure with each counterparty. Any changes to counterparties or their credit limits must be approved by the Group Chief Financial Officer. Refer to note 9 for quantitative data.
81
NOTE 3 – CRITICAL ACCOUNTING ESTIMATES AND JUDGEMENTS
Certain amounts included in the consolidated financial statements involve the use of estimation and/or judgement. Estimates and judgements used in preparation of the consolidated financial statements are continually evaluated and are based on historical experience and other factors, including the expectations of future events that may have a financial impact on the Group and that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances. The resulting accounting estimates may differ from actual results.
The Group has identified the following areas that involve critical judgements and estimations that have the most significant effect on the amounts recognised in the consolidated financial statements.
Impairment of goodwill
Goodwill is tested for impairment in accordance with the accounting policy stated in note 1(m). For goodwill impairment testing, the recoverable amount of each CGU is determined based on the higher of its value in use or fair value less costs to sell. These calculations require the use of assumptions such as discount rates, exchange rates, growth rates and other assumptions. As at 30 June 2015, the carrying amount of goodwill was A$150.0 million. Refer to note 13 for details of these assumptions and the potential impact of changes to the assumptions.
Taxation
The Group is subject to income taxes in numerous jurisdictions. Significant judgement is required in determining the worldwide provision for income taxes due to the complexity of legislation. There are many transactions and calculations for which the ultimate tax determination is uncertain during the ordinary course of business. The Group recognises liabilities for anticipated tax audit issues based on estimates of whether additional taxes will be due. Where the final tax outcome of these matters is different from the amounts that were initially recorded, such differences will impact the income tax and deferred tax provisions in the period in which such determination is made.
The Group recognises the net future tax benefit related to deferred income tax assets to the extent that it is probable that the deductible temporary differences will reverse in the foreseeable future. Assessing the recoverability of deferred income tax assets requires the Group to make significant estimates related to expectations of future taxable income. Estimates of future taxable income are based on forecast cash flows from operations and the application of existing tax laws in each jurisdiction. To the extent that future cash flows and taxable income differ significantly from estimates, the ability of the Group to realise the net deferred tax assets recorded at the reporting date could be impacted. Additionally, future changes in tax laws in the jurisdictions in which the Group operates could limit the ability of the Group to obtain tax deductions in future periods. For more information see note 8(f).
Valuation of inventories
The Group’s inventories primarily consist of ferrous and non-ferrous scrap metals. Quantities of inventories are determined using various estimation techniques, including observation, weighing and other industry methods and are subject to periodic physical verification.
Inventories are stated at the lower of cost and net realisable value, with due allowance for excess, obsolete or slow moving items. Cost is determined by the weighted average method and comprises direct purchase costs, direct labour and an appropriate portion of fixed and variable overhead costs (refer to note 1(p)). The Group reviews its inventory at the end of each reporting period to determine if it is properly stated at net realisable value. Net realisable value is based on current assessments of future demand and market conditions. Given the significance of inventories to the consolidated statement of financial position, the determination of net realisable value is considered to be a critical accounting estimate. Impairment losses may be recognised on inventory in the next financial year if management needs to revise its estimates of net realisable value in response to changing market conditions.
~~NOTE 4 – EARNINGS/(LOSS) PER SHARE~~
| Basic earnings/(loss) per share (in A¢) From continuing operations From discontinued operations Total basic earnings/(loss) per share Diluted earnings/(loss) per share (in A¢) |
2015 53.6 0.1 53.7 |
2014 8.0 (51.5) (43.5) |
|
|---|---|---|---|
| From continuing operations | 53.2 | 8.0 | |
| From discontinued operations | 0.1 | (51.5) | |
| Total diluted earnings/(loss) per share | 53.3 | (43.5) | |
| Weighted average number of shares | |||
| used in the denominator (’000) | |||
| Basic shares | 204,701 | 204,410 | |
| Dilutive effect of share-based awards | 1,653 | – | |
| Diluted shares | 206,354 | 204,410 |
Due to the loss after tax in the year ended 30 June 2014, the dilutive effect of share-based awards, which was approximately 0.3 million, was not included as the result would have been anti-dilutive. Details relating to share awards are set out in note 24.
~~NOTE 5 – SEGMENT INFORMATION~~
a) Description of segments
Operating segments have been identified based on separate financial information that is regularly reviewed by the Group CEO, the Chief Operation Decision Maker (“CODM”).
In July 2014, the Group CEO presented a strategic review which resulted in a change in the Group’s management reporting structure. As a result, the Group’s external reporting segments have changed with effect on 1 July 2014. Accordingly, segment data for the prior period presented for comparative purposes has been restated to reflect the newly reportable segment in accordance with AASB 8 Operating Segments .
The Group operates in four principal operating segments: North America Metals, Australia/New Zealand (“ANZ”) Metals, Europe Metals and Global E-Recycling. The segments are based on a combination of factors including geography, products and services. All other operating segments are included within the “Unallocated” operating segment. Details of the segments are as follows:
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
For the year ended 30 June 2015
82
~~NOTE 5 – SEGMENT INFORMATION (CONTINUED)~~
a) Description of segments (continued)
-
North America Metals – comprising subsidiaries and joint ventures in the United States of America and Canada which perform ferrous and non-ferrous secondary recycling functions.
-
ANZ Metals – comprising subsidiaries and joint arrangements in Australia, New Zealand and Papua New Guinea which perform ferrous and non-ferrous secondary recycling functions.
-
Europe Metals – comprising subsidiaries in the United Kingdom which perform ferrous and non-ferrous secondary recycling functions.
-
Global E-Recycling – comprising subsidiaries which provide electronic recycling solutions in the following countries: Australia, Austria, Belgium, Canada, Czech Republic, Dubai, Germany, India, Netherlands, New Zealand, Norway, Poland, Republic of South Africa, Singapore, Sweden, the United Kingdom and the United States of America.
-
Unallocated – comprising unallocated corporate costs, interests in an associate and joint venture in Hong Kong and Australia, and the Group’s non-ferrous central marketing entity.
The Group also reports revenues by the following product groups:
-
Ferrous secondary recycling – comprising the collection, processing and trading of iron and steel secondary raw material.
-
Non-ferrous secondary recycling – comprising the collection, processing and trading of other metal alloys and residues, principally aluminium, lead, copper, zinc and nickel bearing materials.
-
Recycling solutions – comprising the provision of environmentally responsible solutions for the disposal of post-consumer electronic products, including IT assets recycled for commercial customers. The Group offers fee-for-service business opportunities in the environmentally responsible recycling of negative value materials including electrical and electronic equipment.
-
Secondary processing and other services – comprising value-added processes involving the melting, refining and ingoting of certain non-ferrous metals and other sources of service based revenue.
b) Information about reportable segments
The following is an analysis of the Group’s revenue, results, assets and liabilities and certain profit before income tax items and non-current assets by reportable operating segment:
| by reportable operating segment: | ||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| North America | Europe | Global | ||||
| Metals | ANZ Metals | Metals | E-Recycling | Unallocated | Total | |
| A$m | A$m | A$m | A$m | A$m | A$m | |
| 2015 | ||||||
| Total sales revenue | 3,416.5 | 1,053.3 | 1,036.6 | 795.0 | 9.5 | 6,310.9 |
| Other revenue | 4.5 | 5.0 | 0.4 | 0.1 | 7.2 | 17.2 |
| Total segment revenue | 3,421.0 | 1,058.3 | 1,037.0 | 795.1 | 16.7 | 6,328.1 |
| Segment EBITDA | 86.7 | 85.0 | 38.0 | 53.0 | 2.9 | 265.6 |
| Depreciation and amortisation expense | (68.9) | (27.7) | (12.5) | (11.2) | (0.5) | (120.8) |
| Segment EBIT | 17.8 | 57.3 | 25.5 | 41.8 | 2.4 | 144.8 |
| Interest income | 9.5 | |||||
| Finance costs | (17.3) | |||||
| Proft before tax from continuingoperations | 137.0 | |||||
| Assets | 1,335.0 | 463.3 | 258.3 | 473.3 | 351.9 | 2,881.8 |
| Liabilities | 264.5 | 126.8 | 89.7 | 160.4 | 127.6 | 769.0 |
| Net assets | 1,070.5 | 336.5 | 168.6 | 312.9 | 224.3 | 2,112.8 |
| Other items: | ||||||
| Share of results of investments accounted for | ||||||
| using the equity method | 2.0 | – | – | – | 10.2 | 12.2 |
| Investments accounted for using the equity method | 264.6 | 0.1 | – | – | 34.7 | 299.4 |
| Acquisitions of property, plant and equipment | 38.4 | 44.7 | 5.2 | 5.5 | 1.5 | 95.3 |
| Impairment ofproperty, plant and equipment | (0.5) | – | – | – | – | (0.5) |
83
| North | America | Europe | Global | |||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Metals | ANZ Metals | Metals | E-Recycling | Unallocated | Total | |
| A$m | A$m | A$m | A$m | A$m | A$m | |
| 2014 | ||||||
| Total sales revenue | 3,995.7 | 1,187.8 | 1,063.5 | 759.8 | 14.4 | 7,021.2 |
| Other revenue | 3.6 | 3.4 | 0.5 | 0.2 | 7.5 | 15.2 |
| Total segment revenue | 3,999.3 | 1,191.2 | 1,064.0 | 760.0 | 21.9 | 7,036.4 |
| Segment EBITDA | 60.2 | 108.8 | 29.0 | 28.8 | (4.4) | 222.4 |
| Depreciation and amortisation expense | (62.8) | (27.7) | (12.7) | (13.8) | (0.5) | (117.5) |
| Goodwill impairment | – | – | – | (27.8) | – | (27.8) |
| Other intangible impairment | (0.2) | – | – | – | – | (0.2) |
| Segment EBIT Interest income Finance costs Proft before tax from continuingoperations Assets Liabilities Net assets Other items: |
(2.8) 1,284.9 261.0 1,023.9 |
81.1 446.8 150.2 296.6 |
16.3 253.3 102.6 150.7 |
(12.8) 428.7 183.9 244.8 |
(4.9) 235.7 117.8 117.9 |
76.9 9.0 (23.2) 62.7 2,649.4 815.5 1,833.9 |
| Share of results of investments accounted for | ||||||
| using the equity method | 2.1 | – | – | – | (5.4) | (3.3) |
| Investments accounted for using the equity method | 225.4 | 0.1 | – | – | 89.4 | 314.9 |
| Acquisitions of property, plant and equipment | 35.8 | 16.9 | 4.2 | 7.1 | 0.1 | 64.1 |
| Impairment(charge)/reversal ofproperty, plant and equipment | (2.1) | 2.4 | – | (0.2) | – | 0.1 |
c) Other segment information
i) Intersegment sales
Segment revenues, expenses and results include transfers between segments. Such transfers are priced on an “arm’s-length” basis and are eliminated on consolidation.
ii) Sales to external customers
| ii) Sales to external customers |
||
|---|---|---|
| 2015 | 2014 | |
| A$m | A$m | |
| Australia | 365.1 | 357.4 |
| China | 833.9 | 853.5 |
| Turkey | 769.8 | 1,058.7 |
| United Kingdom | 309.9 | 331.6 |
| United States | 1,450.6 | 1,720.8 |
| Other | 2,581.6 | 2,699.2 |
| Total sales revenue | 6,310.9 | 7,021.2 |
No single customer contributed 10% or more to the Group revenue for all the periods presented.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
For the year ended 30 June 2015
84
~~NOTE 5 – SEGMENT INFORMATION (CONTINUED)~~
c) Other segment information (continued) iii) Revenue by product
| ~~NOTE 5 – SEGMENT INFORMATION (CONTINUED)~~ c) Other segment information (continued) iii) Revenue by product |
||
|---|---|---|
| 2015 | 2014 | |
| A$m | A$m | |
| Ferrous secondary recycling | 4,067.7 | 4,801.4 |
| Non-ferrous secondary recycling | 1,341.7 | 1,361.5 |
| Recycling solutions | 795.0 | 759.8 |
| Secondary processingand other services | 106.5 | 98.5 |
| Total sales revenue | 6,310.9 | 7,021.2 |
iv) Non-current assets
Non-current assets (excluding financial assets and deferred tax assets) are held in the following countries:
| 2015 | 2014 | ||
|---|---|---|---|
| A$m | A$m | ||
| Australia | 298.4 | 271.2 | |
| United States | 1,031.2 | 871.3 | |
| United Kingdom | 103.5 | 102.6 | |
| Other | 130.2 | 190.7 | |
| 1,563.3 | 1,435.8 | ||
| ~~NOTE 6 – REVENUE~~ | |||
| 2015 | 2014 | ||
| A$m | A$m | ||
| Sales revenue | |||
| Sale of goods | 6,215.2 | 6,936.3 | |
| Service revenue | 95.7 | 84.9 | |
| 6,310.9 | 7,021.2 | ||
| Other revenue | |||
| Interest income | 9.5 | 9.0 | |
| Rental and dividend income | 7.7 | 6.2 | |
| 17.2 | 15.2 | ||
| Total revenue | 6,328.1 | 7,036.4 |
85
~~NOTE 7 – ITEMS INCLUDED IN PROFIT BEFORE INCOME TAX FROM CONTINUING OPERATIONS~~
a) Other income
| ~~NOTE 7 – ITEMS INCLUDED IN PROFIT BEFORE INCOME TAX FROM CONTINUING OPERATIONS~~ a) Other income |
||
|---|---|---|
| 2015 | 2014 | |
| A$m | A$m | |
| Net gain on commodity derivatives | 30.3 | – |
| Net gain on currency derivatives | 2.1 | 1.5 |
| Net foreign exchange gain | 1.0 | – |
| Net gain on disposal of property, plant and equipment | 2.8 | – |
| Net gain on revaluation of fnancial assets at fair value through proft or loss | – | 0.3 |
| Gain on sale of other fnancial assets | 0.9 | 0.3 |
| Insurance recoveries | 5.1 | 8.9 |
| Government grants | 0.3 | 0.3 |
| Reimbursement of expenses from a third party Third party commissions Gain on sale of associates (note 20) Other Total other income b) Signifcant items |
– 1.0 1.0 4.3 48.8 2015 A$m |
1.2 2.2 – 6.0 20.7 2014 A$m |
| Impairments: | ||
| Impairment of goodwill (note 13) | – | 27.8 |
| Impairment of other intangible assets(note 14) | – | 0.2 |
| – | 28.0 | |
| Reversal of impairment of investment in an associate (note 28) | (6.3) | – |
| Impairment of trade receivables (note 9) | 0.3 | 2.8 |
| Reversal of impairment of third party loans | (0.6) | (4.9) |
| Impairment charge/(reversal) of property, plant and equipment (note 12) | 0.5 | (0.1) |
| Net loss on sale of business divisions (note 26) | – | 1.3 |
| Redundancies1 | 7.8 | 8.8 |
| Provision recorded for disputes with third parties | – | 1.3 |
| Lease settlements and onerous lease provisions2 | – | 1.4 |
| Yard closure costs and dilapidation (reversals)/provisions | (1.6) | 2.5 |
| (Income)/expense related to withdrawal liabilityfrom multi-employerpensionplans(note 18) | (5.9) | 6.3 |
1 2015 amount also includes acceleration of share-based compensation related to redundancies.
2 Amounts include settlements for real estate leases which were terminated early and onerous lease provisions for under-utilised sites.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
86
For the year ended 30 June 2015
~~NOTE 7 – ITEMS INCLUDED IN PROFIT BEFORE INCOME TAX FROM CONTINUING OPERATIONS (CONTINUED)~~
| c) Specifc expenses |
|||
|---|---|---|---|
| 2015 | 2014 | ||
| A$m | A$m | ||
| Depreciation and amortisation: | |||
| Depreciation expense | 106.1 | 99.3 | |
| Amortisation expense | 14.7 | 18.2 | |
| 120.8 | 117.5 | ||
| Finance costs1 | 17.3 | 23.2 | |
| Net loss on commodity derivatives | – | 8.3 | |
| Net foreign exchange loss | – | 0.9 | |
| Net loss on disposal of property, plant and equipment | – | 2.3 | |
| Net loss on revaluation of fnancial assets at fair value through proft or loss | 0.9 | – | |
| Equity-settled share-based payments expense | 13.4 | 11.8 | |
| Cash-settled share-based payments expense | 1.2 | 0.9 | |
| Defned contribution plan expense | 9.6 | 12.4 | |
| Rental expenses relatingto operatingleases | 99.5 | 95.0 | |
| 1 Finance costs include commitment fees paid on the Group’s loan facilities of A$8.3 million (2014: A$8.1 million). |
|||
| ~~NOTE 8 – INCOME TAXES~~ | |||
| 2015 | 2014 | ||
| A$m | A$m | ||
| a) Income tax expense |
|||
| Current income tax charge | 30.7 | 37.8 | |
| Adjustments for prior years | (1.9) | (4.3) | |
| Deferred income tax | (1.6) | 12.9 | |
| Tax expense – continuing operations | 27.2 | 46.4 | |
| Tax expense – discontinued operations(Note 33) | – | 0.7 | |
| Income tax expense recognised in proft or loss | 27.2 | 47.1 | |
| Deferred income tax expense included in tax expense from continuing operations comprises: | |||
| (Increase)/decrease in deferred tax assets | (3.4) | 20.3 | |
| Increase/(decrease)in deferred tax liabilities | 1.8 | (7.4) | |
| (1.6) | 12.9 | ||
| b) Income tax charged/(credited) directly to equity |
|||
| Share-based payments | 2.9 | (1.6) | |
| Exchangegain on foreign denominated intercompanyloans | 29.4 | 3.0 | |
| 32.3 | 1.4 | ||
| c) Tax expense/(beneft) relating to items of other comprehensive income |
|||
| Cash fow hedges | (0.4) | 1.4 | |
| Defned beneftplans | 1.7 | 2.4 | |
| 1.3 | 3.8 |
87
| 2015 | 2014 | |
|---|---|---|
| A$m | A$m | |
| d) Reconciliation of income tax expense to prima facie income tax expense |
||
| Proft before income tax from continuingoperations | 137.0 | 62.7 |
| Tax at the standard Australian rate of 30% | 41.1 | 18.8 |
| Effect of tax rates in other jurisdictions | (0.7) | (21.9) |
| Losses for which no deferred income tax asset is recognised | 2.7 | 43.8 |
| Recognition of tax effect of previously unrecognised tax losses | (8.0) | (0.6) |
| Non-deductible expenses | 4.5 | 7.9 |
| Non-assessable reversal of impairment of investment in associate | (1.2) | – |
| Share of net results of associates and joint ventures | (1.6) | 1.7 |
| Non-assessable income | (6.8) | (3.7) |
| Non-deductible impairment of goodwill and intangibles Share-based payments Adjustments for prior years Other Tax expense – continuing operations Tax expense – discontinued operations(note 33) Income tax expense recognised in proft or loss |
– 1.8 (2.8) (1.8) 27.2 – 27.2 |
3.6 1.4 (4.3) (0.3) 46.4 0.7 47.1 |
| e) Deferred tax assets and liabilities |
||
| Deferred tax assets | ||
| The balance comprises temporary difference attributable to: | ||
| (amounts recognised in proft or loss) | ||
| Provisions and other accruals | 16.1 | 13.5 |
| Employee benefts | 33.0 | 19.8 |
| Inventory and consumables | 2.4 | 1.1 |
| Property, plant and equipment | 4.3 | 3.2 |
| Intangibles | 27.0 | 20.3 |
| Joint ventures and associates | 2.4 | 3.9 |
| Tax loss carryforwards and tax credits | 13.0 | 1.7 |
| Share-based payments | 0.5 | 7.5 |
| Other | 0.3 | 1.1 |
| 99.0 | 72.1 | |
| (amounts recognised directly in equity) | ||
| Share-based payments | – | 2.9 |
| Defned beneft plans | 0.7 | 2.4 |
| Cash fow hedges | 0.2 | – |
| Exchange loss on foreign denominated intercompanyloans | – | 22.0 |
| 0.9 | 27.3 |
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
For the year ended 30 June 2015
88
~~NOTE 8 – INCOME TAXES (CONTINUED)~~
e) Deferred tax assets and liabilities (continued) Deferred tax assets (continued)
| ~~NOTE 8 – INCOME TAXES (CONTINUED)~~ e) Deferred tax assets and liabilities (continued) Deferred tax assets (continued) |
||
|---|---|---|
| 2015 | 2014 | |
| A$m | A$m | |
| Movements | ||
| Balance at 1 July | 99.4 | 123.0 |
| Charged to income statement | 3.4 | (20.3) |
| Adjustments for prior years | 5.3 | 1.1 |
| Transfers | 4.5 | – |
| Charged directly to equity and other comprehensive income | (26.4) | (5.0) |
| Foreign exchange differences | 13.7 | 0.6 |
| Balance at 30 June | 99.9 | 99.4 |
| Deferred tax assets expected to be recovered within 12 months | 52.4 | 35.6 |
| Deferred tax assets expected to be recovered after 12 months | 47.5 | 63.8 |
| 99.9 | 99.4 | |
| Deferred tax liabilities | ||
| The balance comprises temporary differences attributable to: | ||
| (amounts recognised in proft or loss) | ||
| Intangible assets | 1.8 | 1.5 |
| Property, plant and equipment | 78.4 | 55.3 |
| Inventory and consumables | 2.3 | 2.6 |
| Joint ventures and associates | 4.2 | 3.0 |
| Employee benefts | 2.1 | 1.7 |
| Other | 0.2 | 1.7 |
| 89.0 | 65.8 | |
| (amounts recognised directly in equity) | ||
| Cash fow hedges | – | 0.2 |
| Exchangegain on foreign denominated intercompanyloans | 7.4 | – |
| 7.4 | 0.2 | |
| Movements | ||
| Balance at 1 July | 66.0 | 74.0 |
| Charged to income statement | 1.8 | (7.4) |
| Charged directly to equity and other comprehensive income | 7.2 | 0.2 |
| Adjustments for prior years | 3.4 | – |
| Transfers | 4.5 | – |
| Acquisitions | 0.4 | – |
| Foreign exchange differences | 13.1 | (0.8) |
| Balance at 30 June | 96.4 | 66.0 |
| Deferred tax liabilities expected to be settled within 12 months | 12.0 | 6.1 |
| Deferred tax liabilities expected to be settled after 12 months | 84.4 | 59.9 |
| 96.4 | 66.0 |
89
f) Unrecognised deferred tax assets
In the year ended 30 June 2014, the Group wrote-off a deferred tax asset of A$17.6 million related to unused tax losses for a tax group in the US as it was uncertain as to when these losses will be utilised. As of 30 June 2015, the Group has re-evaluated the deferred tax assets and made a determination that uncertainty still exists as to the utilisation of the deferred tax assets.
Deferred tax assets totaling A$98.0 million (2014: A$107.2 million) have not been recognised as it is not probable that they will be realised. The majority of the unrecognised deferred tax asset relates to unused tax losses of A$67.0 million (2014: A$83.2 million) due to either a history of tax losses or it is not considered probable that there will be sufficient future taxable profits to realise the benefit of deferred tax assets within certain subsidiary entities. Included in unrecognised tax losses are tax losses of A$22.6 million (2014: A$36.1 million) that will expire in 5 to 20 years. Other unused tax losses may be carried forward indefinitely.
g) Unrecognised temporary differences associated with investments and interests
As at 30 June 2015, there were no unrecognised temporary differences associated with the Group’s investments in subsidiaries, associates or joint ventures, as the Group has no liability for additional taxation should unremitted earnings be remitted.
~~NOTE 9 – TRADE AND OTHER RECEIVABLES~~
| ~~NOTE 9 – TRADE AND OTHER RECEIVABLES~~ | ||
|---|---|---|
| Trade receivables Provision for impairment of receivables Other receivables Tax receivable |
2015 A$m 317.8 (4.4) 313.4 55.7 2.6 |
2014 A$m 345.1 (10.8) 334.3 80.8 3.4 |
| Prepayments | 24.9 | 27.1 |
| 83.2 | 111.3 | |
| 396.6 | 445.6 |
Occasionally, the Group will sell a portion of its trade receivables to third parties. All credit risk passes to the third party at the time of the assignment, such that the Group has no further exposure to default by the specific trade debtors. The amount of trade receivables sold to third parties was not significant in the periods presented. The third party is not obliged to accept offers of receivables and the Group is not obligated to make offers or pay commitment fees to the third party.
a) Movements in provision for impairment of receivables
| a) Movements in provision for impairment of receivables |
||
|---|---|---|
| 2015 | 2014 | |
| A$m | A$m | |
| Balance at 1 July | 10.8 | 10.6 |
| Provision for impairment recognised during the year | 0.3 | 2.8 |
| Write-offs | (8.2) | (2.5) |
| Foreign exchange differences | 1.5 | (0.1) |
| Balance at 30 June | 4.4 | 10.8 |
The creation and release of the provision for impaired receivables has been included in other expenses in profit or loss. Amounts charged to the allowance account are generally written-off when there is no expectation of recovering additional cash.
b) Past due but not impaired
As at 30 June 2015, receivables of A$33.5 million (2014: A$42.5 million) were past due but not impaired and the Group does not hold any material collateral in relation to these receivables. These relate to a number of independent customers for whom there is no recent history of default. The ageing analyses of these receivables are as follows:
| ageing analyses of these receivables are as follows: | ||
|---|---|---|
| 2015 | 2014 | |
| Days overdue: | A$m | A$m |
| 1 – 30 days | 22.2 | 30.4 |
| 31 – 60 days | 6.0 | 7.3 |
| Over 60 days | 5.3 | 4.8 |
| 33.5 | 42.5 |
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
For the year ended 30 June 2015
90
~~NOTE 9 – TRADE AND OTHER RECEIVABLES (CONTINUED)~~
c) Other receivables and deferred expenses
Other receivable amounts generally arise from transactions outside the usual operating activities of the Group. Interest may be charged at commercial rates where the terms of repayment exceed six months. Collateral is not normally obtained.
d) Foreign exchange and interest rate risk
Information about the Group’s exposure to foreign exchange risk and interest rate risk in relation to trade and other receivables is provided in note 2.
e) Fair value and credit risk
Due to their short-term nature, the carrying value of current receivables approximates its fair value.
The maximum exposure to credit risk at the end of the reporting period is the carrying amount of each class of receivables mentioned above. The fair value of securities held for certain trade receivables is insignificant, as is the fair value of any collateral sold or repledged. Refer to note 2 for more information on the Group’s exposure to credit risk.
~~NOTE 10 – INVENTORY~~
| ~~NOTE 10 – INVENTORY~~ | ||
|---|---|---|
| 2015 | 2014 | |
| A$m | A$m | |
| Raw materials | 99.5 | 115.6 |
| Finished goods | 357.9 | 411.3 |
| Stores and spareparts | 19.0 | 18.1 |
| 476.4 | 545.0 |
The cost of inventories recognised as expense during the year ended 30 June 2015 amounted to A$4,606.6 million (2014: A$5,301.2 million).
~~NOTE 11 – OTHER FINANCIAL ASSETS AND LIABILITIES~~
| ~~NOTE 11 – OTHER FINANCIAL ASSETS AND LIABILITIES~~ | ||
|---|---|---|
| 2015 | 2014 | |
| A$m | A$m | |
| Other fnancial assets – Current: | ||
| Financial assets at fair value through proft or loss: | ||
| Investments in marketable securities | 9.0 | 7.5 |
| Loans and other receivables: | ||
| Convertible loan to an associate carried at amortised cost (a) | – | 41.1 |
| Loans to third parties carried at amortised cost | 0.9 | 0.1 |
| Derivative fnancial instruments (b): | ||
| Forward foreign exchange contracts | 2.8 | 3.0 |
| Forward commoditycontracts | 2.7 | 0.1 |
| 15.4 | 51.8 | |
| Other fnancial assets – Non-current: | ||
| Loans and other receivables: | ||
| Loans to third parties carried at amortised cost | 0.1 | – |
| Other receivables | 12.3 | 7.2 |
| 12.4 | 7.2 | |
| Other fnancial liabilities – Current: | ||
| Derivative fnancial instruments (b): | ||
| Forward foreign exchange contracts | 1.5 | 0.2 |
| Forward commoditycontracts | 0.1 | 4.3 |
| 1.6 | 4.5 |
91
a) Convertible loan
On 1 March 2012, the Group subscribed for a HK$315.6 million convertible loan from Chiho-Tiande Group Limited (“CTG”), a former associate of the Group. In June 2015, the Group sold the convertible loan to a third party for HK$315.6 million. The convertible loan carried an annual interest rate of 4% and was convertible at HK$6.00 per share.
The conversion feature of the convertible loan represented an embedded derivative, which was recorded as financial assets at fair value through profit or loss. The convertible loan was recorded at amortised cost using the effective interest method.
b) Derivatives used by the Group
The Group is a party to derivative financial instruments in the normal course of business in order to hedge its exposure to currency fluctuations in foreign exchange rates and commodity prices in accordance with the Group’s financial risk management policies, which are set out in note 2.
i) Forward foreign exchange contracts
In order to protect against exchange rate movements in relation to material purchases and sales and underlying transactions between subsidiaries, the Group has entered into forward foreign exchange contracts to purchase foreign currencies for settlement of the related transaction. The Group’s primary exposure is to US dollars, Euros and British pounds sterling as disclosed in note 2.
The portion of the gain or loss on the hedging instrument that is determined to be an effective hedge is deferred and recognised in other comprehensive income to the extent that the hedge is effective. When the cash flows occur, the amount is released to profit or loss. Any ineffective portion is charged to profit or loss.
ii) Forward commodity contracts
The Group has entered into forward commodity contracts, which are economic hedges but do not satisfy the requirements for hedge accounting. These contracts protect against movements in the underlying commodity of the related material purchase or sale. The Group’s primary exposure is to non-ferrous and precious metal prices as disclosed in note 2.
c) Risk exposures
Information about the Group’s exposure to credit risk, foreign exchange, price and interest rate risk is provided in note 2. The maximum exposure to credit risk at the end of the reporting period is the carrying amount of each class of financial instrument mentioned above.
d) Fair value
The fair value measurement principles adopted in this report are consistent with those applied for the year ended 30 June 2014.
Financial instruments carried at fair value are classified by valuation method using the following hierarchy:
-
Level 1 – quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities;
-
Level 2 – inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly (as prices) or indirectly (derived from prices);
-
Level 3 – inputs for the asset or liability that are not based on observable market data (unobservable inputs).
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
For the year ended 30 June 2015
92
~~NOTE 11 – OTHER FINANCIAL ASSETS AND LIABILITIES (CONTINUED)~~
d) Fair value (continued)
The following table presents the Group’s financial instruments measured at fair value by valuation method:
| d) Fair value (continued) The following table presents the Group’s fnancial instruments measured |
at fair value by valuation method: | |||
|---|---|---|---|---|
| Level 1 | Level 2 | Level 3 | Total | |
| 2015 | A$m | A$m | A$m | A$m |
| Financial assets: | ||||
| Financial assets at fair value through proft or loss: | ||||
| Investments in marketable securities | 9.0 | – | – | 9.0 |
| Derivative fnancial instruments | 2.7 | 2.8 | – | 5.5 |
| 11.7 | 2.8 | – | 14.5 | |
| Financial liabilities: | ||||
| Derivative fnancial instruments | 0.1 | 1.5 | – | 1.6 |
| 0.1 | 1.5 | – | 1.6 | |
| 2014 | ||||
| Financial assets: | ||||
| Financial assets at fair value through proft or loss: | ||||
| Investments in marketable securities | 7.5 | – | – | 7.5 |
| Derivative fnancial instruments | 0.1 | 3.0 | – | 3.1 |
| 7.6 | 3.0 | – | 10.6 | |
| Financial liabilities: | ||||
| Derivative fnancial instruments | 4.3 | 0.2 | – | 4.5 |
| 4.3 | 0.2 | – | 4.5 |
During the reporting period, there were no transfers between level 1 and level 2 fair value measurements, or no transfers into or out of level 3 fair value measurements.
The fair value of financial instruments traded on active markets (such as publicly traded derivatives and investments in marketable securities) is based on quoted market prices at the reporting date. The quoted market price used for financial assets held by the Group is the current bid price. These instruments are included in level 1.
The fair value of financial instruments that are not traded in an active market (such as forward foreign exchange contracts) is determined using readily observable broker quotes. These instruments are included in level 2.
If one or more of the significant inputs is not based on observable market data, the fair value of financial instruments is included in level 3. The Group does not hold any financial instruments that are categorised as level 3 in the fair value hierarchy.
The Group also has financial assets and liabilities which are not measured at fair value. For cash and cash equivalents, trade and other receivables and trade and other payables, the fair value of the financial instruments approximates their carrying value as a result of the short maturity periods of these financial instruments. The fair value of the convertible loan and other loans to third parties approximate their carrying value using current interest rates. Information on the fair value of borrowings is included in Note 16(b).
93
| ~~NOTE 12 – PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT~~ | ||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Leasehold | Plant & | Capital work | ||||
| Land | Buildings | improvements | equipment1 | in progress | Total | |
| A$m | A$m | A$m | A$m | A$m | A$m | |
| At 30 June 2015 | ||||||
| Cost | 319.7 | 332.1 | 86.6 | 1,188.4 | 70.0 | 1,996.8 |
| Accumulated depreciation | – | (124.8) | (57.7) | (782.5) | – | (965.0) |
| Net book amount | 319.7 | 207.3 | 28.9 | 405.9 | 70.0 | 1,031.8 |
| Year ended 30 June 2015 | ||||||
| Balance at 1 July | 270.5 | 174.3 | 30.4 | 387.5 | 40.3 | 903.0 |
| Additions | – | 1.0 | 0.8 | 8.2 | 85.3 | 95.3 |
| Disposals | – | – | – | (3.7) | (0.1) | (3.8) |
| Acquisitions (note 26) Transfers Reclassifed from assets held for sale (note 32) Impairments2 Depreciation expense3 Foreign exchange differences Balance at 30 June |
– (0.8) 0.6 – – 49.4 319.7 |
– 18.1 0.2 – (15.9) 29.6 207.3 |
– 1.7 – (0.1) (7.2) 3.3 28.9 |
3.1 39.8 3.3 (0.4) (83.3) 51.4 405.9 |
– (59.6) – 0.2 – 3.9 70.0 |
3.1 (0.8) 4.1 (0.3) (106.4) 137.6 1,031.8 |
| At 30 June 2014 | ||||||
| Cost | 270.5 | 269.2 | 79.4 | 1,029.1 | 40.3 | 1,688.5 |
| Accumulated depreciation | – | (94.9) | (49.0) | (641.6) | – | (785.5) |
| Net book amount | 270.5 | 174.3 | 30.4 | 387.5 | 40.3 | 903.0 |
| Year ended 30 June 2014 | ||||||
| Balance at 1 July | 276.3 | 140.5 | 45.1 | 400.6 | 139.8 | 1,002.3 |
| Additions | – | 0.4 | – | 19.1 | 47.4 | 66.9 |
| Disposals | (0.1) | (0.6) | – |
(6.4) | (5.2) | (12.3) |
| Transfers | (0.4) | 54.3 | 2.7 | 84.8 | (141.4) | – |
| Reclassifed as assets held for sale (note 32) | (1.9) | (2.5) | – |
(3.0) | – | (7.4) |
| Impairments2 | (0.2) | (0.2) | (10.9) |
(27.5) | (2.1) | (40.9) |
| Depreciation expense3 | – | (14.6) | (8.3) |
(82.7) | – | (105.6) |
| Sale of business divisions (note 26) | (1.8) | (1.6) | (0.2) |
(1.5) | – | (5.1) |
| Foreign exchange differences | (1.4) | (1.4) | 2.0 | 4.1 | 1.8 | 5.1 |
| Balance at 30 June | 270.5 | 174.3 | 30.4 | 387.5 | 40.3 | 903.0 |
1 The net book value of assets acquired through finance leases was A$2.1 million as at 30 June 2015 (30 June 2014: A$2.6 million).
2 2015 impairments include reversals of A$0.2 million relating to discontinued operations. 2014 impairments includes A$41.0 million relating to discontinued operations.
3 Includes depreciation expense for discontinued operations of A$0.3 million in 2015 and A$6.3 million in 2014.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
For the year ended 30 June 2015
94
~~NOTE 13 – GOODWILL~~
a) Movements in carrying amounts
| ~~NOTE 13 – GOODWILL~~ a) Movements in carrying amounts |
||
|---|---|---|
| 2015 | 2014 | |
| A$m | A$m | |
| Cost | 1,547.8 | 1,290.2 |
| Accumulated impairment | (1,397.8) | (1,150.9) |
| Net book amount | 150.0 | 139.3 |
| Opening balance | 139.3 | 166.5 |
| Acquisition of subsidiaries (note 26) | 2.6 | – |
| Impairment charge | – | (27.8) |
| Foreign exchange differences | 8.1 | 0.6 |
| Endingbalance | 150.0 | 139.3 |
Goodwill acquired through business combinations has been allocated to groups of CGUs that are expected to benefit from the acquisition.
Goodwill is monitored and tested for impairment by management at the CGU level. The following CGUs have significant amounts of goodwill:
| 2015 | 2014 | ||
|---|---|---|---|
| CGU | Segment | A$m | A$m |
| US Recycling Solutions | Global E-Recycling | 39.6 | 32.2 |
| Continental Europe Recycling Solutions | Global E-Recycling | 62.8 | 62.4 |
| Australia Metals | ANZ Metals | 42.1 | 40.8 |
| All other CGUs | 5.5 | 3.9 | |
| Total | 150.0 | 139.3 |
b) Key assumptions used for goodwill and intangible asset impairment tests
The recoverable amount of each of the Group’s CGUs has been determined based on the higher of fair value less costs to sell or value in use calculations. The Group believes its methodology is the most meaningful method, in order to reflect the cyclicality of its business and the volatile nature of commodity markets that can impact its business.
The value in use calculations use a five year cash flow projection, which is based initially on the budget for the 2016 financial year (as approved by the Board) and a four year forecast prepared by management. The four year forecast is developed using historical averages derived from four years of historical results and the budget for the 2016 financial year. These five year projections also incorporate management estimates related to the inherent impact of future volatility in volumes, commodity prices and margins drawn from past experience and factor in current and expected future economic conditions. A terminal value is determined from the final year of cash flow based on application of the Gordon Growth model.
The cash flows are discounted using rates that reflect management’s estimate of the time value of money and the risks specific to each CGU that are not already reflected in the cash flows. In determining appropriate discount rates for each CGU, consideration has been given to a weighted average cost of capital of the entity as a whole and adjusted for country and business risk specific to the CGU.
The cash flow projections are based on management’s best estimates, with reference to historical results, to determine income, expenses, capital expenditures and cash flows for each CGU. Expected future cash flows used to determine the value in use of goodwill are inherently uncertain and could materially change over time. Should management’s estimate of the future not reflect actual events, further impairments may be identified.
The key assumptions used for the value in use calculations were as follows:
| CGU | Discount rate (pre-tax) 2015 2014 % % |
Growth rate |
|---|---|---|
| 2015 2014 % % |
||
| US Recycling Solutions Continental Europe Recycling Solutions Australia Metals All other CGUs |
14.7 14.2 12.3 9.9 14.7 15.3 10.8-15.1 11.5-17.3 |
2.3 2.4 1.6-1.9 1.8-2.7 2.8 2.7 2.5-2.7 1.2-2.7 |
95
| c) | Goodwill impairment charges recognised | ||
|---|---|---|---|
| 2015 | 2014 | ||
| CGU | A$m | A$m | |
| US RecyclingSolutions | – | 27.8 | |
| Total | – | 27.8 |
Year ended 30 June 2014
The impairment charge related to the US Recycling Solutions CGU was a result of the assessment of future cash flows. This CGU was impacted by margin pressure resulting from a competitive market landscape and volatility in underlying commodity pricing. As a result, the future cash flows for US Recycling Solutions CGU was reassessed which indicated the carrying value of goodwill was not fully recoverable leading to an impairment of A$27.8 million.
d) Impact of possible changes in key assumptions
The valuations as at 30 June 2015 indicate sufficient headroom, except for the US Recycling Solutions CGU, such that a reasonably possible change to key assumptions is unlikely to result in an impairment of the related goodwill. The estimated recoverable amount for the US Recycling Solutions CGU exceeded its carrying value at 30 June 2015. However, if the discount rate was 1% higher or future cash flows were 10% lower, with all other assumptions being the same, an impairment charge of A$4.9 million or A$3.2 million, respectively, would have been recorded.
While the North America Metals CGU only has A$1.5 million of goodwill, an assessment of the impact of possible changes in key assumptions was performed to assess the recoverability of other long-lived assets as at 30 June 2015. The estimated recoverable amount for the North America Metals CGU exceeded its carrying value by 13%. However, if the discount rate was 1% higher, then an impairment charge of A$6.2 million would have been recorded to goodwill and other identified intangible assets.
~~NOTE 14 – OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS~~
| ~~NOTE 14 – OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS~~ | |||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Supplier relationships |
Permits | Licenses/ Contracts |
Trade names | Total | |
| A$m | A$m | A$m | A$m | A$m | |
| At 30 June 2015 | |||||
| Cost | 267.2 | 11.1 | 45.7 | 39.7 | 363.7 |
| Accumulated impairment | (5.6) | (8.9) | (0.1) | (0.1) | (14.7) |
| Accumulated amortisation | (212.6) | – | (42.7) | (14.5) | (269.8) |
| Net book amount | 49.0 | 2.2 | 2.9 | 25.1 | 79.2 |
| Year ended 30 June 2015 | |||||
| Balance at 1 July | 49.3 | 1.8 | 3.2 | 22.2 | 76.5 |
| Amortisation charge | (10.8) | – | (2.0) | (1.9) | (14.7) |
| Acquisitions (note 26) | 0.4 | – | 1.4 | – | 1.8 |
| Foreign exchange differences | 10.1 | 0.4 | 0.3 | 4.8 | 15.6 |
| Balance at 30 June | 49.0 | 2.2 | 2.9 | 25.1 | 79.2 |
| At 30 June 2014 | |||||
| Cost | 221.6 | 9.1 | 36.7 | 32.4 | 299.8 |
| Accumulated impairment | (4.9) | (7.3) | (0.1) | (0.1) | (12.4) |
| Accumulated amortisation | (167.4) | – | (33.4) | (10.1) | (210.9) |
| Net book amount | 49.3 | 1.8 | 3.2 | 22.2 | 76.5 |
| Year ended 30 June 2014 | |||||
| Balance at 1 July | 65.4 | 1.9 | 5.9 | 24.2 | 97.4 |
| Disposals (note 26) | (1.0) | – | – | – | (1.0) |
| Impairment1 | (0.5) | – | (0.1) | (0.1) | (0.7) |
| Amortisation charge2 | (14.0) | – | (2.6) | (1.7) | (18.3) |
| Foreign exchange differences | (0.6) | (0.1) | – | (0.2) | (0.9) |
| Balance at 30 June | 49.3 | 1.8 | 3.2 | 22.2 | 76.5 |
1 Includes A$0.5 million of impairments related to discontinued operations.
2 Includes A$0.1 million of amortisation related to discontinued operations.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
96
For the year ended 30 June 2015
~~NOTE 15 – TRADE AND OTHER PAYABLES~~
| ~~NOTE 15 – TRADE AND OTHER PAYABLES~~ | ||
|---|---|---|
| 2015 | 2014 | |
| A$m | A$m | |
| Current: | ||
| Trade payables | 318.8 | 378.3 |
| Other payables | 168.4 | 157.4 |
| Deferred income | 40.5 | 35.7 |
| 527.7 | 571.4 | |
| Non-current: | ||
| Otherpayables | 6.8 | 6.5 |
| 6.8 | 6.5 |
The Group’s exposure to currency and liquidity risk related to trade and other payables is set out in note 2. The fair value of the Group’s trade and other payables approximates its carrying value.
~~NOTE 16 – BORROWINGS~~
| ~~NOTE 16 – BORROWINGS~~ | ||
|---|---|---|
| 2015 | 2014 | |
| A$m | A$m | |
| Current borrowings: | ||
| Finance lease liabilities | 0.5 | 0.5 |
| 0.5 | 0.5 | |
| Non-current borrowings: | ||
| Bank loans | – | 12.3 |
| Finance lease liabilities | 1.6 | 2.1 |
| 1.6 | 14.4 |
Bank loans are unsecured but are subject to various guarantees/cross guarantees, cross defaults and indemnities from the Company and certain of its subsidiaries.
a) Risk exposures
The Group’s exposure to interest rate risk, as well as information relating to the facility arrangements is set out in note 2.
b) Fair value
The fair value of bank loans approximate their carrying amount because they carry floating rates of interest. The fair value of finance lease liabilities was A$2.1 million (2014: A$2.7 million) and was measured by discounting estimated cash flows with an applicable quoted yield.
~~NOTE 17 – PROVISIONS~~
| ~~NOTE 17 – PROVISIONS~~ | ||
|---|---|---|
| 2015 | 2014 | |
| A$m | A$m | |
| Employee benefts | 67.4 | 61.5 |
| Onerous lease provisions | 16.0 | 29.8 |
| Legal provisions | 18.3 | 15.2 |
| Environmental and dilapidations | 12.9 | 13.3 |
| Other | 1.2 | 3.0 |
| 115.8 | 122.8 | |
| Current | 64.0 | 76.4 |
| Non-current | 51.8 | 46.4 |
| 115.8 | 122.8 |
97
Movements in each class of provision during the financial year, other than employee benefits, are set out below:
| Environmental | Environmental | |||
|---|---|---|---|---|
| Onerous | and | |||
| Leases | Legal | dilapidations | Other | |
| A$m | A$m | A$m | A$m | |
| Balance at 1 July | 29.8 | 15.2 | 13.3 | 3.0 |
| Provisions recognised/(reversed) in proft or loss | (6.6) | 1.9 | 3.3 | 1.1 |
| Payments | (9.5) | (2.3) | (5.9) |
(2.6) |
| Foreign exchange differences | 2.3 | 3.5 | 2.2 | (0.3) |
| Balance at 30 June | 16.0 | 18.3 | 12.9 | 1.2 |
Onerous lease provisions comprise obligations for future rents payable net of rents receivable on onerous leases. The majority of the reversals recognised during the financial year relate to real estate leases in the UK and Canada which were settled in the financial year for less than the estimated provisions that were established in the prior financial year.
The Group is involved in legal and other disputes and, after taking legal advice, has established provisions taking into account the relevant facts of each dispute. The timing of cash outflows associated with legal claims cannot be reasonably determined. The environmental and dilapidations provision is an estimate of costs for property remediation that is expected to be required in the future.
~~NOTE 18 – RETIREMENT BENEFIT OBLIGATIONS~~
The Group operates a number of pension plans for the benefit of its employees throughout the world. The Group’s pension plans are provided through either defined benefit and defined contribution plans. Defined contribution plans offer employees individual funds that are converted into benefits at the time of retirement. The defined contribution plans receive fixed contributions from Group companies with the Group’s legal obligation limited to these contributions.
The Group operates different defined benefit plans in the UK, Australia and US. The specific characteristics (benefit formulas, funding policies and types of assets held) of the defined benefit plans vary according to the regulations and laws in the country where the defined benefit plans are offered.
In the UK, the defined benefit plan provides a benefit based on the members’ final salary at retirement and length of service. The defined benefit plan is closed to new members and represents approximately 59% of the present value of obligations as at 30 June 2015 (30 June 2014: 57%).
In Australia, the defined benefit plan provides a lump sum benefit based on final salary and length of service. The defined benefit plan is closed to new members and represents approximately 15% of the present value of obligations as at 30 June 2015 (30 June 2014: 19%).
In the US, the Group sponsors three defined benefit plans which provide an annuity or lump sum benefits based on final average earnings or flat-dollar benefit units and years of credited service. Accrued benefits under two of the defined benefit plans have been frozen and represent approximately 16% of the present value of obligations as at 30 June 2015 (30 June 2014: 14%). The other defined benefit plan has frozen benefits for only nonunion employees, is closed to new union members and represents approximately 10% of the present value of obligations as at 30 June 2015 (30 June 2014: 10%).
The following sets out details in respect of the defined benefit sections only. The expense recognised in relation to the defined contribution plans is disclosed in note 7.
a) Financial statement amounts
The amounts recognised in the statement of financial position are determined as follows:
| 2015 | 2014 | |
|---|---|---|
| A$m | A$m | |
| Retirement beneft assets | 2.9 | 2.1 |
| Retirement beneft obligations | (6.4) | (4.6) |
| Net retirement beneft obligations | (3.5) | (2.5) |
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
For the year ended 30 June 2015
98
~~NOTE 18 – RETIREMENT BENEFIT OBLIGATIONS (CONTINUED)~~
| ~~NOTE 18 – RETIREMENT BENEFIT OBLIGATIONS (CONTINUED)~~ | |||
|---|---|---|---|
| a) Financial statement amounts (continued) |
|||
| Present value | Fair value of | Net | |
| of obligations | plan assets | amount | |
| A$m | A$m | A$m | |
| Balance as at 1 July 2013 | 77.7 | (73.8) | 3.9 |
| Service cost | 1.2 | – | 1.2 |
| Interest expense/(income) | 3.4 | (3.3) | 0.1 |
| Total amount recognised inproft or loss | 4.6 | (3.3) | 1.3 |
| Remeasurements: | |||
| Return on plan assets greater than interest income | – | (4.6) | (4.6) |
| Actuarial (gains)/losses – experience | 0.1 | – | 0.1 |
| Actuarial (gains)/losses – demographic | 0.1 | – | 0.1 |
| Actuarial(gains)/losses – fnancial assumptions | 4.6 | – | 4.6 |
| Total amount recognised in other comprehensive income | 4.8 | (4.6) | 0.2 |
| Contributions: | |||
| Employers | – | (3.0) | (3.0) |
| Plan participants | 0.3 | (0.3) | – |
| Beneft payments | (7.1) | 7.1 | – |
| Foreign exchange differences | 3.8 | (3.7) | 0.1 |
| Balance as at 30 June 2014 | 84.1 | (81.6) | 2.5 |
| Service cost | 1.2 | – | 1.2 |
| Interest expense/(income) | 3.5 | (3.3) | 0.2 |
| Total amount recognised inproft or loss | 4.7 | (3.3) | 1.4 |
| Remeasurements: | |||
| Return on plan assets greater than interest income | – | (2.7) | (2.7) |
| Actuarial (gains)/losses – experience | 0.1 | – | 0.1 |
| Actuarial (gains)/losses – demographic | 1.1 | – | 1.1 |
| Actuarial(gains)/losses – fnancial assumptions | 2.9 | – | 2.9 |
| Total amount recognised in other comprehensive income | 4.1 | (2.7) | 1.4 |
| Contributions: | |||
| Employers | – | (2.6) | (2.6) |
| Plan participants | 0.3 | (0.3) | – |
| Beneft payments | (4.3) | 4.3 | – |
| Foreign exchange differences | 11.2 | (10.4) | 0.8 |
| Balance as at 30 June 2015 | 100.1 | (96.6) | 3.5 |
The Group has no legal obligation to settle the liability with an immediate contribution or additional one-off contributions. The Group intends to continue to contribute to the defined benefit plans based on recommendations from its actuaries.
99
b) Categories of plan assets
| b) Categories of plan assets |
||
|---|---|---|
| 2015 | 2014 | |
| A$m | A$m | |
| Cash | 5.3 | 1.4 |
| Equity investments | 56.3 | 51.9 |
| Debt instruments | 26.8 | 18.1 |
| Hedge funds | – | 3.1 |
| Property | 8.2 | 7.1 |
| Total plan assets | 96.6 | 81.6 |
An active market price exists for all plan assets. Assets of each defined benefit plan are managed by a dedicated investment committee in accordance with the plan rules and local regulations. The Group has representatives on these committees and promotes simple and diversified investment strategies. The goal is to limit investment risks to those necessary to fulfil the benefit commitment. The plans assets have no direct investments in the Group’s equity securities or in property currently used by the Group. The actual return on plan assets was A$6.0 million at 30 June 2015 (2014: A$7.9 million).
c) Principal actuarial assumptions
Actuarial assumptions used vary by type of plan and by country. The defined benefit plans liabilities are measured using the projected unit credit method using the principal actuarial assumptions set out below:
| Weighted average actuarial assumptions used at 30 June: Discount rate |
2015 3.8% |
2014 4.1% |
|---|---|---|
| Rate of increase in salaries | 3.5% | 3.6% |
| Rate of increase in Retail Price Index(UK defned beneftplan only) | 3.3% | 3.4% |
Measurement of the Group’s defined benefit plan obligations is sensitive to changes in certain key assumptions. The sensitivity analysis below has been determined based on reasonably possible changes of the respective assumptions occurring at the end of the reporting period, while holding all other assumptions constant. The impact from the change in assumption on the defined benefit obligation is set out below:
| 2015 | 2014 | |
|---|---|---|
| increase/ | increase/ | |
| (decrease) | (decrease) | |
| A$m | A$m | |
| Discount rate: | ||
| Increase by 100 basis points | (5.1) | (11.2) |
| Decrease by 100 basis points | 6.0 | 14.4 |
| Rate of increase in salaries: | ||
| Increase by 100 basis points | 1.3 | 2.9 |
| Decrease by 100 basis points | (1.2) | (2.5) |
| Rate of increase in infation (UK defned beneft plan only): | ||
| Increase by 100 basis points | 0.8 | 6.3 |
| Decrease by 100 basis points | (0.8) | (5.7) |
| Life expectancy (UK and US defned beneft plans only): | ||
| Increase in longevityby1year | 2.6 | 2.0 |
The sensitivity analysis presented above may not be representative of the actual change in the defined benefit obligation as it is unlikely that the change in assumptions would occur in insolation of one another as some of the assumptions may be correlated. Furthermore, in presenting the above sensitivity analysis, the present value of the defined benefit obligation has been calculated using the projected unit credit method at the end of the reporting period, which is the same as that applied in calculating the defined benefit obligation liability recognised in the statement of financial position.
The methods and types of assumptions used in preparing the sensitivity analysis did not change compared to the prior period.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
For the year ended 30 June 2015
100
~~NOTE 18 – RETIREMENT BENEFIT OBLIGATIONS (CONTINUED)~~
d) Risk exposure
Through its defined benefit plans, the Group is exposed to a number of risks, the most significant of which are detailed below:
-
Asset volatility: The plan liabilities are calculated using a discount rate set with reference to corporate bond yields; if plan assets underperform this yield, this will create a deficit. The plans hold a significant proportion of equities, which are expected to outperform bonds in the long-term while contributing volatility and risk in the short-term. The Group believes that due to the long-term nature of the plan liabilities, a level of continuing equity investment is an appropriate element of the Group’s long-term strategy to manage the plans efficiently.
-
Change in bond yields: A decrease in corporate bond yields will increase plan liabilities, although this will be partially offset by an increase in the value of the plans’ bond holdings.
-
Inflation risk: Some of the plans’ benefit obligations are linked to inflation, and higher inflation will lead to higher liabilities, although, in most cases, caps on the level of inflationary increases are in place to protect the plan against extreme inflation.
-
Life expectancy: The majority of the plans’ obligations are to provide benefits for the life of the member, so increases in life expectancy will result in an increase in the plans’ liability.
-
Salary increases: Some of the plans’ benefit obligations related to active members are linked to their salaries. Higher salary increases will therefore tend to lead to higher plan liabilities.
e) Employer contributions and maturity profile
In accordance with British regulation, the UK defined benefit plan is required to perform a valuation every three years, and agree on a recovery plan to correct any deficit. The last valuation revealed a funding deficit of £4.5 million. The current recovery plan agreement was signed in January 2013, and the Group agreed to pay £70,000 per month with the goal of eliminating the shortfall by November 2018.
Including the funding deficit contributions in the UK, the Group expects to make contributions of A$2.8 million to the defined benefit plans during the next financial year.
The weighted average duration of the benefit obligation at 30 June 2015 is 15.7 years (2014:15.3 years).
f) Multi-employer pension plans
The Group participates in several multi-employer pension plans in the US which are based on collective bargaining agreements. The risks of participating in these multi-employer plans are different from single-employer plans in that (i) assets contributed to the multi-employer plan by one employer may be used to provide benefits to employees of other participating employers; (ii) if a participating employer stops contributing to the plan, the unfunded obligations of the plan may be required to be assumed by the remaining participating employers, and (iii) if the Group chooses to stop participating in any of its multi-employer plans, the Group may be required to pay those plans a withdrawal amount based on the underfunded status of the plan.
While these plans provide for defined benefits, as a result of insufficient information provided to the Group by the administrators of the plans, the Group accounts for these plans as defined contribution plans.
In the year ended 30 June 2014, the Group recorded an estimated withdrawal liability of A$6.3 million with respect to a multi-employer plan. The liability was based on the plan administrator’s calculation. In the year ended 30 June 2015, the Group challenged the assessment of the withdrawal liability and settled the withdrawal liability which resulted in a reversal of the previously recognised expense of A$5.9 million.
~~NOTE 19 – CONTRIBUTED EQUITY~~
a) Share capital
Ordinary shares, which have no par value, trade on the Australian Securities Exchange (“ASX”) and entitle the holder to participate in dividends and the proceeds on winding up of the Company in proportion to the number of shares held. Voting rights attaching to the ordinary shares are, on a show of hands, one vote for every person present as a member, proxy, attorney or representative thereof and, on a poll, one vote per share for every member present in person or by proxy, attorney or representative. The Company does not have a limited amount of authorised capital.
The Company voluntarily delisted its shares from the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) on 11 October 2013. Following the NYSE delisting, the Company’s American Depositary Shares (“ADS”) trade in the US in the “over-the-counter” (OTC) market. ADSs have the same rights as ordinary shares, including participation in dividends and voting rights.
Movements in the ordinary share balance were as follows:
| Movements in the ordinary share balance were as follows: | ||
|---|---|---|
| Year ended 30 June 2015 Number of shares A$m |
Year ended 30 June 2014 | |
| Number of shares A$m |
||
| On issue per share register at the beginning of the period Issued under long-term incentiveplans |
204,601,321 2,796.4 263,565 1.0 |
204,309,387 2,795.7 291,934 0.7 |
| On issue per share register at the end of the period | 204,864,886 2,797.4 |
204,601,321 2,796.4 |
101
b) Capital risk management
The primary objective of managing the Group’s capital is to ensure that there is sufficient capital available to support the funding requirements of the Group, including capital expenditure, in a way that optimises the cost of capital, maximises shareholders’ returns and ensures that the Group remains in a sound financial position. In order to manage the capital structure, the Group may periodically adjust dividend policy, return capital to shareholders, issue new shares or sell assets to reduce debt.
The Group monitors its capital structure primarily using the gearing ratio. This ratio is calculated as net debt divided by total capital. Net debt is calculated as total borrowings less cash and cash equivalents. Total capital is calculated as total equity as shown in the statement of financial position plus net debt. As at 30 June 2015, the Group had a net cash position of A$313.9 million (30 June 2014: A$42.3 million).
~~NOTE 20 – ACCUMULATED DEFICIT AND RESERVES~~
a) Accumulated deficit
| ~~NOTE 20 – ACCUMULATED DEFICIT AND RESERVES~~ a) Accumulated defcit |
||
|---|---|---|
| 2015 | 2014 | |
| A$m | A$m | |
| Balance at 1 July Proft/(loss) after tax Dividends paid Actuarial loss on defned beneftplans,net of tax Balance at 30 June |
(760.2) 109.9 (53.2) (3.1) (706.6) |
(668.7) (88.9) – (2.6) (760.2) |
b) Reserves
| b) Reserves |
|||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Share-based payments |
Available- for-sale investments |
Cash fow hedging |
Foreign currency translation |
Total | |
| A$m | A$m | A$m | A$m | A$m | |
| Balance at 1 July 2013 | 112.8 | 0.1 | (3.1) | (307.6) | (197.8) |
| Equity-settled share-based payment expense | 11.8 | – | – | – | 11.8 |
| Revaluation – gross | – | – | 1.4 | – | 1.4 |
| Transfer to proft or loss – gross | – | – | 4.4 | – | 4.4 |
| Foreign currency translation differences | – | – | – | (19.6) | (19.6) |
| Associates | – | – | – | 0.3 | 0.3 |
| Deferred tax | 1.6 | – | (1.4) | (3.0) | (2.8) |
| Balance at 30 June 2014 | 126.2 | 0.1 | 1.3 | (329.9) | (202.3) |
| Equity-settled share-based payment expense | 13.4 | – | – | – | 13.4 |
| Revaluation – gross | – | – | (1.2) | – | (1.2) |
| Transfer to proft or loss – gross | – | – | (1.4) | – | (1.4) |
| Foreign currency translation differences | – | – | – | 246.0 | 246.0 |
| Associates1 | – | (0.1) | 0.3 | (0.8) | (0.6) |
| Deferred tax | (2.9) | – | 0.4 | (29.4) | (31.9) |
| Balance at 30 June 2015 | 136.7 | – | (0.6) | (114.1) | 22.0 |
1 Includes A$1.0 million gain on recycling of reserves on disposal of an associate.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
For the year ended 30 June 2015
102
~~NOTE 20 – ACCUMULATED DEFICIT AND RESERVES (CONTINUED)~~
c) Nature and purpose of reserves
i) Share-based payments reserve
The share-based payments reserve is used to recognise the fair value of share-based awards issued to employees.
ii) Available-for-sale investments reserve
Changes in the fair value and exchange differences arising on translation of investments, such as equities classified as available-for-sale investments, are recognised in other comprehensive income as described in note 1(s) and accumulated in a separate reserve within equity. Amounts are reclassified to profit or loss when the associated assets are sold or impaired.
iii) Cash flow hedging reserve
The cash flow hedging reserve is used to record gains or losses on a hedging instrument in a cash flow hedge that are recognised in other comprehensive income, as described in note 1(t). Amounts are recognised in profit or loss when the associated hedged transaction impacts profit or loss.
iv) Foreign currency translation reserve
Exchange differences arising on translation of foreign controlled entities are recognised in other comprehensive income, as described in note 1(g) and accumulated in a separate reserve within equity. The cumulative amount is reclassified to profit or loss when the Group no longer controls the foreign operation.
~~NOTE 21 – DIVIDENDS~~
a) Dividends declared and paid during the year
| Interim 2015 | Cents per share 16.0 |
Franked % 100% |
2015 A$m 32.7 |
2014 A$m – |
|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Final 2014 | 10.0 | 100% | 20.5 | – | |
| Interim 2014 | 0.0 | 0% | – | – | |
| Final 2013 | 0.0 | 0% | – | – | |
| Total dividends paid | 53.2 | – |
The franked components of all dividends paid or declared were franked based on an Australian corporate tax rate of 30%.
b) Dividends not recognised at year end
Since the end of the financial year, the directors have determined to pay a final dividend of 13 cents per share (2014: 10.0 cents per share), 100% franked based on Australian corporate taxes paid at 30%. The aggregate amount of the proposed dividend expected to be paid on 21 October 2015, but not recognised as a liability at the end of the reporting period, is A$26.6 million (2014: A$20.5 million).
c) Franked dividends
| 2015 | 2014 | |
|---|---|---|
| A$m | A$m | |
| Estimated franking credits available for the subsequent fnancial years based on an | ||
| Australian tax rate of 30% (2014: 30%) | 39.0 | 32.8 |
The above amounts represent the balance of the franking account as at the end of the reporting date, adjusted for:
a) franking credits that will arise from the payment of the amount of the provision for income tax and franking debits that will arise from refunds;
b) franking debits that will arise from the payment of dividends recognised as a liability as at the reporting date; and
c) franking credits that will arise from the receipt of dividends recognised as receivables as at the reporting date.
103
~~NOTE 22 – CONTINGENCIES~~
a) Guarantees
The Group has given guarantees in respect of the performance of contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business. The amounts of these guarantees provided by the Group, for which no amounts are recognised in the consolidated financial statements, as at 30 June 2015 was A$61.4 million (2014: A$54.1 million).
See note 30(b) for information related to guarantees provided by the Company.
b) Tax audits
The Group files income tax returns in many jurisdictions throughout the world. Various tax authorities are currently reviewing or auditing the Group’s income tax returns. Tax returns contain matters that could be subject to differing interpretations of applicable tax laws and regulations. While it is difficult to predict the ultimate outcome in some cases, the Group does not anticipate that there will be any material impact on the Group’s consolidated financial statements from such audits or reviews.
c) Environmental claims
The Group is subject to comprehensive environmental requirements relating to, among others, the acceptance, storage, treatment, handling and disposal of solid waste and hazardous waste; the discharge of materials and storm water into the environment; the management and treatment of wastewater and storm water; and the remediation of soil and groundwater contamination. As a consequence, the Group has incurred and will continue to incur environmental costs and liabilities associated with site and facility operation, closure, remediation, monitoring and licensing. Provisions have been made in respect of estimated environmental liabilities where obligations are known to exist and can be reasonably measured. However, additional liabilities may emerge due to a number of factors, including changes in environmental laws and regulations in each of the jurisdictions in which the Group operates or has operated. The Group cannot predict the extent to which it may be impacted in the future by any such changes in legislation or regulation.
d) Legal claims
Various Group companies are parties to legal actions and claims that arise in the ordinary course of their business. While the outcome of such legal proceedings cannot be readily foreseen, the Group believes that they will be resolved without material effect on its financial statements. Provision has been made for known obligations where the existence of the liability is probable and can be reasonably estimated.
~~NOTE 23 – COMMITMENTS~~
a) Capital commitments
Capital expenditures contracted for at the reporting date but not recognised as liabilities are as follows:
| ~~NOTE 23 – COMMITMENTS~~ a) Capital commitments Capital expenditures contracted for at the reporting date but not recognised as |
liabilities are as follows: | |
|---|---|---|
| 2015 | 2014 | |
| A$m | A$m | |
| Property, plant and equipment | 16.0 | 50.9 |
The capital commitments included above also include the Group’s share relating to associates and joint arrangements.
b) Lease commitments
i) Operating leases
The Group has entered into various operating leases on property, plant and equipment. The leases have varying terms, escalation clauses and renewal rights. On renewal, the terms of the leases are renegotiated. Lease commitments for operating leases are as follows:
| 2015 | 2014 | |
|---|---|---|
| A$m | A$m | |
| Not later than one year | 88.6 | 78.7 |
| Later than one year, but not later than fve years | 181.8 | 157.1 |
| Later than fveyears | 143.4 | 125.6 |
| Total lease commitments not recognised as liabilities | 413.8 | 361.4 |
The lease commitments included above also include the Group’s share relating to associates and joint arrangements.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
For the year ended 30 June 2015
104
~~NOTE 24 – SHARE OWNERSHIP PLANS~~
The Company’s share ownership plans are designed to link the rewards of eligible employees to the long-term performance of the Company and the returns generated for shareholders. The maximum number of shares that can be outstanding at any time under the share ownership plans is limited to 5% of the Company’s issued capital. Grants under the share ownership plans can be in the form of options or share rights. Certain share ownership plans also provide for cash-settlement, which are determined by the Board.
An option is a contract that gives the holder the right, but not the obligation, to acquire the Company’s shares at a fixed or determinable price for a specified period of time. Options have an exercise price based on the weighted average market price of the Company’s ordinary shares during the five trading days up to the date of the grant. Share rights are a contractual right to acquire the Company’s shares for nil consideration. Unless specified in the grants, holders of options and share rights are not entitled to dividends or voting rights.
Historically, the Company issued share-based awards to US-based employees that were settled in ADSs. However, beginning in November 2013, all new share-based awards are settled in ordinary shares.
a) Effect of share-based payments on profit or loss and financial position
The expense recognised in the income statement in relation to share-based payments is disclosed in note 7. The carrying amount of liabilities for cash-settled share-based arrangements as at 30 June 2015 was A$1.7 million (2014: A$1.7 million). Where share-based awards are issued to employees of subsidiaries within the Group, the subsidiaries compensate the Company for the fair value of these share-based awards.
b) Long-Term Incentive Plan (“LTIP”)
In July 2003, the Company established a LTIP designed as a reward and retention tool for certain employees. Options and share rights granted under the LTIP may vest either based on continuous service or based on performance conditions. Share rights that contain performance conditions are referred to as performance rights, whereas share rights which only contain a continuous service condition are referred to as restricted share units. Cash-settled option grants are also made under the LTIP to certain employees.
i) Equity-settled options
The fair value of equity-settled options granted is independently determined using a Binomial method, which allows for the effects of an early exercise for vested options assuming the share price exceeds one and a half times the exercise price. The significant weighted assumptions used to determine the fair value were as follows:
| to determine the fair value were as follows: | |
|---|---|
| Ordinary shares | |
| 2015 2014 |
|
| Risk-free interest rate Dividend yield Volatility Expected life (years) Share price at grant date Weighted average fair value |
3.0% 3.7% 3.0% 3.0% 31.0% 33.0% 4.5 4.2 A$10.98 A$10.45 A$2.61 A$2.77 |
The volatility assumption is based on the actual volatility for the ordinary shares over a three year period to the valuation date.
| Weighted | Weighted | |||
|---|---|---|---|---|
| Number of | average | Number of | average | |
| options | exercise price | options | exercise price | |
| Equity-settled options outstanding | 2015 | 2015 | 2014 | 2014 |
| Ordinary shares: | ||||
| Balance at 1 July | 2,364,735 | A$13.25 | 984,279 | A$17.85 |
| Granted | 1,358,069 | A$10.85 | 1,429,471 | A$9.98 |
| Forfeited | (67,078) | A$12.09 |
(49,015) | A$9.98 |
| Exercised | (92,803) | A$9.75 | – | – |
| Balance at 30 June | 3,562,923 | A$12.45 | 2,364,735 | A$13.25 |
| Exercisable at 30 June | 1,235,100 | A$16.19 | 800,737 | A$19.60 |
105
| Weighted | Weighted | |||
|---|---|---|---|---|
| Number of | average | Number of | average | |
| options | exercise price | options | exercise price | |
| Equity-settled options outstanding | 2015 | 2015 | 2014 | 2014 |
| ADSs: | ||||
| Balance at 1 July | 5,494,327 | US$14.17 | 5,532,758 | US$14.14 |
| Forfeited | (13,225) | US$9.49 |
(38,431) | US$10.12 |
| Exercised | (7,718) | US$9.49 | – | – |
| Balance at 30 June | 5,473,384 | US$14.18 | 5,494,327 | US$14.17 |
| Exercisable at 30 June | 4,831,703 | US$14.81 | 3,814,915 | US$15.85 |
For equity-settled options exercised during the year ended 30 June 2015, the weighted average share price at the date of exercise was A$12.39 for ordinary shares and US$10.96 for ADSs (2014: nil).
Information about outstanding and exercisable equity-settled options as at 30 June 2015 is as follows:
| Exercise price range | Outstanding Weighted average Weighted remaining Number of average contractual options exercise price life (years) |
Exercisable |
|---|---|---|
| Weighted average Weighted remaining Number of average contractual options exercise price life (years) |
||
| Ordinary shares: A$9.00-A$9.29 A$9.30-A$9.99 A$10.00-A$26.00 |
178,968 A$9.29 4.38 1,296,529 A$9.98 5.38 2,087,426 A$14.26 4.75 |
109,050 A$9.29 4.38 396,693 A$9.98 5.38 729,357 A$20.60 1.72 |
| 3,562,923 A$12.45 4.96 |
1,235,100 A$16.19 3.13 |
|
| ADSs: US$9.00-US$10.99 US$11.00-US$19.99 US$20.00-US$25.00 |
1,959,969 US$9.49 4.38 2,225,097 US$14.58 2.75 1,288,318 US$20.65 1.23 |
1,318,288 US$9.49 4.38 2,225,097 US$14.58 2.75 1,288,318 US$20.65 1.23 |
| 5,473,384 US$14.18 2.98 |
4,831,703 US$14.81 2.79 |
ii) Cash-settled options
The fair value of cash-settled options is determined in the same manner as equity-settled options. The liability for cash-settled options is remeasured at each reporting date. The significant weighted assumptions used to remeasure the fair value at 30 June 2015 were as follows:
| Granted during year ended 30 June | 2015 | 2014 |
|---|---|---|
| Risk-free interest rate | 2.3% | 3.0% |
| Dividend yield | 3.0% | 3.0% |
| Volatility | 31.0% | 33.0% |
| Expected life (years) | 2.9 | 3.3 |
| Share price at reporting date | A$10.42 | A$9.68 |
| Weighted average fair value | A$1.68 | A$2.16 |
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
For the year ended 30 June 2015
106
~~NOTE 24 – SHARE OWNERSHIP PLANS (CONTINUED)~~
| ~~NOTE 24 – SHARE OWNERSHIP PLANS (CONTINUED)~~ | |||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| ii) Cash-settled options (continued) |
|||||
| Weighted | Weighted | ||||
| Number of | average | Number of | average | ||
| options | exercise price | options | exercise price | ||
| Cash-settled options outstanding | 2015 | 2015 | 2014 | 2014 | |
| Ordinary shares: | |||||
| Balance at 1 July | 1,378,043 | A$11.52 | 1,102,193 | A$11.97 | |
| Granted | 323,697 | A$10.85 | 364,527 | A$9.98 | |
| Forfeited | – | – | (88,677) | A$10.84 |
|
| Exercised | (380,022) | A$10.85 | – | – | |
| Balance at 30 June | 1,321,718 | A$11.95 | 1,378,043 | A$11.52 | |
| Exercisable at 30 June | 585,599 | A$14.14 | 581,309 | A$13.54 |
For cash-settled options exercised during the year ended 30 June 2015, the weighted average share price at the date of exercise was A$12.44 (2014: nil).
iii) Performance rights
Performance rights vest after a period of three to five years, but only if the performance hurdle has been met. Performance hurdles are either based on Total Shareholder Return (“TSR”) or on Earnings per Share (“EPS”) criteria. In the year ended 30 June 2015, 300,807 share rights (2014: 103,118) were forfeited as the performance conditions were not satisfied.
TSR right grants made in the years ended 30 June 2015 and 2014 are measured using a hurdle over a three-year period (commencing at the beginning of the financial year) against a comparator group of companies. Full vesting of the TSR rights occurs when the Company’s TSR is at (or exceeds) the 75th percentile relative to the comparator group, scaling down to 50% vesting on a straight-line basis for median performance. Below median performance, no vesting occurs.
EPS right grants made in the year ended 30 June 2015 are measured based on the achievement of cumulate EPS of A$2.00 per share over a three-year period (commencing at the beginning of the financial year). Full vesting of the EPS rights occurs when the Company’s EPS exceeds A$2.00 per share, scaling down to 50% vesting on a straight-line basis for cumulative EPS of A$1.70 per share. No vesting occurs if cumulative EPS is below A$1.70 per share.
The fair value of TSR share rights granted is independently determined using a Black-Scholes method to produce a Monte-Carlo simulation model which allows for the incorporation for a TSR performance condition that must be met before the share rights vest. The fair value of EPS share rights is determined based on the market price of the Company’s shares on the date of grant and the Company’s dividend yield.
The significant weighted assumptions used to determine the fair value were as follows:
| Ordinary shares | |
|---|---|
| 2015 2014 |
|
| Dividend yield Risk-free interest rate Volatility Shareprice atgrant date |
3.0% 3.0% 2.6% 2.9% 31.0% 33.0% A$10.98 A$10.45 |
107
| Weighted | Weighted | |||
|---|---|---|---|---|
| average | average | |||
| Number of | fair value at | Number of | fair value at | |
| shares | grant date | shares | grant date | |
| Performance rights outstanding | 2015 | 2015 | 2014 | 2014 |
| Ordinary shares: | ||||
| Non-vested balance at 1 July | 1,855,634 | A$7.21 | 688,036 | A$9.60 |
| Granted | 1,006,570 | A$8.30 | 1,289,654 | A$6.21 |
| Forfeited/cancelled | (164,024) | A$13.37 | (122,056) | A$10.19 |
| Vested | – | – | – | – |
| Non-vested balance at 30 June | 2,698,180 | A$7.32 | 1,855,634 | A$7.21 |
| ADSs: | ||||
| Balance at 1 July | 2,903,065 | US$6.85 | 3,084,759 | US$6.99 |
| Forfeited/cancelled | (499,305) | US$10.90 | (181,694) | US$9.14 |
| Vested | – | – | – | – |
| Non-vested balance at 30 June | 2,403,760 | US$6.25 | 2,903,065 | US$6.85 |
iv) Restricted share units
Restricted share units granted to employees typically vest over a period up to three years. The fair value of restricted share units is determined based on the market price of the Company’s shares on the date of grant and the Company’s dividend yield.
| Weighted | Weighted | |||
|---|---|---|---|---|
| average | average | |||
| Number of | fair value at | Number of | fair value at | |
| shares | grant date | shares | grant date | |
| Restricted share units outstanding | 2015 | 2015 | 2014 | 2014 |
| Ordinary shares: | ||||
| Non-vested balance at 1 July | 371,175 | A$9.72 | 10,014 | A$15.05 |
| Granted | 290,641 | A$10.10 | 386,879 | A$9.72 |
| Forfeited/cancelled | (8,222) | A$9.61 | (13,125) | A$9.61 |
| Vested | (63,945) | A$10.07 | (12,593) | A$16.77 |
| Non-vested balance at 30 June | 589,649 | A$9.87 | 371,175 | A$9.72 |
| ADSs: | ||||
| Balance at 1 July | 195,352 | US$8.87 | 431,186 | US$9.80 |
| Granted | – | – | 12,180 | US$7.64 |
| Forfeited/cancelled | (4,067) | US$8.59 | (50,673) | US$8.43 |
| Vested | (99,099) | US$9.38 | (197,341) | US$10.94 |
| Non-vested balance at 30 June | 92,186 | US$8.34 | 195,352 | US$8.87 |
c) Transition Incentive Share Plan related to the Metal Management merger
In accordance with the terms and conditions of the merger agreement with Metal Management Inc., the Sims Group Limited Transition Incentive Plan (“SGLTIP”) was established. The SGLTIP assumed the rights and obligations of Metal Management under its former plan (“MMI Plan”). No additional grants can be made under the SGLTIP.
The options assumed were held by the former directors of Metal Management Inc. who became directors of the Company on the merger date. Each outstanding share option under the MMI Plan was converted into 2.05 options of the Company. Each option represents the right to acquire one ADS. In addition, the exercise price of each outstanding option under the MMI Plan was converted at the same exchange ratio. All the options assumed were fully vested and therefore the fair value was recorded as a component of the purchase price for Metal Management Inc. During the year ended 30 June 2014, of the 492,000 outstanding options, 82,000 options were exercised. The remaining 410,000 were forfeited. As at 30 June 2014 and 2015, no directors of the Company hold options.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
108
For the year ended 30 June 2015
~~NOTE 25 – REMUNERATION OF AUDITORS~~
In the year ended 30 June 2015, the Group appointed Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu as its statutory auditor (2014: PricewaterhouseCoopers). From time to time, the Group employs its statutory auditor on assignments where the statutory auditor’s expertise and experience with the Group are important. These assignments are principally for tax advice and due diligence on acquisitions, or where the statutory auditor is awarded assignments on a competitive basis. All audit and non-audit services provided by the statutory auditor are subject to pre-approval by the RAC of the Board in accordance with the Group Independence Policy.
The following fees were paid and payable for services provided by the auditor of the Group and its related practices:
| 2015 | ||
|---|---|---|
| A$’000 | ||
| Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu Australia: | ||
| Audit and review of fnancial statements | 1,580 | |
| 1,580 | ||
| Network frms of Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu Australia: Audit and review of fnancial statements Taxation services Other Total remuneration for Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu |
1,821 444 90 2,355 3,935 2014 A$’000 |
|
| PricewaterhouseCoopers Australia: | ||
| Audit and review of fnancial statements | 1,910 | |
| Taxation services | 54 | |
| Other | 20 | |
| 1,984 | ||
| Network frms of PricewaterhouseCoopers Australia: | ||
| Audit and review of fnancial statements | 3,435 | |
| Taxation services | 13 | |
| 3,448 | ||
| Total remuneration for PricewaterhouseCoopers | 5,432 |
109
~~NOTE 26 – BUSINESS ACQUISITIONS AND DISPOSALS~~
a) Business acquisitions
During the year ended 30 June 2015, the Group acquired three businesses, two in the ANZ Metals segment and one in the North America Metals. There were no acquisitions made during the year ended 30 June 2014. On a combined basis, had the acquisitions all occurred on 1 July 2014, there would not have been a significant change to the Group’s revenue and net profit. Additionally, revenue and net profit contribution by the businesses acquired to the Group post-acquisition was not significant.
Details of the aggregate purchase consideration and cash outflow, assets and liabilities arising from the acquisitions and goodwill recognised from the acquisitions completed during the year ended 30 June 2015 are as follows:
| the acquisitions completed during the year ended 30 June 2015 are as follows: | |
|---|---|
| A$m | |
| Property, plant and equipment (note 12) | 3.1 |
| Identifed intangible assets (note 14) | 1.8 |
| Accounts payable | (1.0) |
| Deferred tax liability Net identifable assets acquired Goodwill on acquisition(note 13) Total consideration Deferred consideration Net cash outfow |
(0.4) 3.5 2.6 6.1 (0.4) 5.7 |
The initial accounting for the acquisitions in the current year period has only been provisionally determined. The goodwill is attributable to several factors including site locations, synergies existing in the operations acquired and the assembled workforce, which together contribute to the profitability of the acquired businesses. Some of the goodwill recognised is expected to be deductible for income tax purposes.
b) Disposals
There were no disposals of businesses made during the year ended 30 June 2015.
During the year ended 30 June 2014, the Group sold businesses within the North America Metals segment which were determined to be non-core. Details of the aggregate consideration and cash inflow, disposed assets and loss on business disposals arising during the year ended 30 June 2014 are as follows:
| 30 June 2014 are as follows: | |
|---|---|
| A$m | |
| Total cash consideration on disposal of businesses | 38.9 |
| Net carrying value of disposed assets: | |
| Cash | (0.5) |
| Receivables | (13.0) |
| Inventories | (19.2) |
| Prepayments | (0.3) |
| Property, plant and equipment (note 12) | (16.5) |
| Other intangibles (note 14) | (1.0) |
| Accounts payable | 6.0 |
| Recycling of foreign currency translation reserve on disposal of foreign operations | 4.8 |
| Transaction costs associated with disposals | (0.5) |
| Loss on business disposals | (1.3) |
Net cash inflow on disposal of businesses during the year ended 30 June 2014 totaled A$38.4 million. Total cash consideration included A$1.2 million which was deposited into an escrow account for general representations and warranties made by the Group to the buyer. During the year ended 30 June 2015, A$0.7 million of cash was transferred from the escrow account to the Group.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
For the year ended 30 June 2015
110
~~NOTE 27 – SUBSIDIARIES~~
The consolidated financial statements incorporate the assets, liabilities and results of the following subsidiaries in accordance with the accounting policy described in note 1(e):
| Country of Name of entity Incorporation |
Equity holding % |
|---|---|
| 2015 2014 |
|
| Sims Metal Management Limited Australia Sims Group Australia Holdings Limited1 Australia Sims Aluminium Pty Limited1 Australia Sims E-Recycling Pty Limited Australia Simsmetal Holdings Pty Limited Australia Simsmetal Properties Qld Pty Limited Australia Sims Industrial Pty Limited Australia Simsmetal Services Pty Limited1 Australia Simsmetal Properties NSW Pty Limited Australia Sims Group Holdings 3 Pty Limited Australia Universal Inspection and Testing Company Pty Limited Australia Sims Group Holdings 1 Pty Ltd Australia Sims Group Holdings 2 Pty Ltd Australia Electronic Product Stewardship Australasia Pty Limited Australia Sims Recycling Solutions Austrian Holding GmbH Austria Sims Recycling Solutions Austrian Intermediate Holdings GmbH Austria Sims metrade GmbH Austria Sims Recycling Solutions NV Belgium Sims Group Recycling Solutions Canada Ltd Canada Sims Group Canada Holdings Limited Canada Sims Lifecycle Services s.r.o. Czech Republic Sims Recycling Solutions FZE Dubai Sims Group German Holdings GmbH Germany Sims M+R GmbH Germany Sims Lifecycle Services GmbH Germany Sims Metal Management Asia Limited Hong Kong Sims Metal Management China Holdings Limited Hong Kong Sims Metal Management Dragon Holdings Limited Hong Kong Sims Lifecycle Services Kft. Hungary Trishyiraya Recycling India Private Limited India Sims Recycling Solutions India Private Limited India Sims Recycling Solutions Ireland Limited3 Ireland Mirec BV Netherlands Sims Recycling Solutions Coöperatief B.A. Netherlands Sims Lifecycle Services BV Netherlands Sims E – Recycling (NZ) Limited New Zealand Simsmetal Industries Limited New Zealand Sims Recycling Solutions A/S Norway PNG Recycling Limited Papua New Guinea Gaukara Company No. 2 Limited Papua New Guinea Sims Lifecycle Service Sp z.o.o. Poland Sims Recycling Solutions Africa Pty Ltd Republic of South Africa Sims Recycling Solutions Pte. Ltd. Singapore Sims Recycling Solutions AB Sweden Sims Group UK Holdings Limited UK Sims Group UK Intermediate Holdings Limited UK Sims Group UK Limited UK C Herring & Son Limited UK |
100% 100% 100% 100% 90% 90% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 90% 90% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 0% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 90% 90% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% |
111
| Country of Name of entity Incorporation |
Equity holding % |
|---|---|
| 2015 2014 |
|
| Life Cycle Services Limited2 UK All Metal Recovery Limited UK All Metal Recovery Cradley Heath Limited UK Evans & Mondon Limited2 UK Sims Recycling Solutions UK Holdings Limited UK Sims Recycling Solutions UK Group Limited UK Sims Recycling Solutions UK Limited UK United Castings Limited UK Sims Group UK Pension Trustees Limited UK Cooper Metal Recycling Ltd UK Dunn Brothers (1995) Limited UK Cheque Swap Limited UK Deane Wood Export Limited UK S3 Interactive Limited UK Sims FE Mottram Limited UK Sims Recycling Solutions Inc. US Sims Recycling Solutions Holdings Inc. US Sims Metal Management USA GP US Sims Group USA Holdings Corporation US Dover Barge Company US Simsmetal East LLC US Sims Municipal Recycling of New York LLC US Schiabo Larovo Corporation US Simsmetal West LLC US Sims Group Global Trade Corporation US Sims Group USA Corporation US Metal Management, Inc. US Metal Dynamics Detroit LLC US SMM Gulf Coast LLC US Metal Management Midwest, Inc. US CIM Trucking, Inc. US Metal Management Indiana, Inc. US Metal Management Memphis, L.L.C. US Metal Management Ohio, Inc. US SMM – North America Trade Corporation US Metal Management Pittsburgh, Inc. US Metal Management Arizona, L.L.C.2 US Proler Southwest Corporation US SMM South Corporation US Naporano Iron & Metal, Inc. US Metal Management Northeast, Inc. US SMM New England Corporation US New York Recycling Ventures, Inc. US Reserve Iron & Metal Limited Partnership US Port Albany Ventures, LLC US SMM Southeast LLC US |
0% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 0% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 0% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% |
1 These subsidiaries and the Company are parties to a DCG under which each entity guarantees the debts of the others. The above entities represent a Closed Group and an Extended Closed Group for the purposes of the relevant Australian Securities and Investments Commission Class Order.
2 These subsidiaries were disposed of or deregistered during the year.
3 This subsidiary was incorporated during the year.
The voting power held in each subsidiary is proportionate to the equity holdings.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
For the year ended 30 June 2015
112
~~NOTE 27 – SUBSIDIARIES (CONTINUED)~~
Deed of Cross Guarantee
Sims Metal Management Limited, Sims Group Australia Holdings Limited, Sims Aluminium Pty Limited and Simsmetal Services Pty Limited are parties to a DCG under which each Group guarantees the debts of the others. By entering into the DCG, the wholly owned entities have been relieved from the requirements to prepare a financial report and directors report under Class Order 98/1418 (as amended) issued by ASIC.
The above companies represent a “Closed Group” for the purposes of the Class Order. As there are no other parties to the DCG that are controlled by Sims Metal Management Limited, they also represent the “Extended Closed Group”.
Set out below is a condensed consolidated income statement, a consolidated statement of comprehensive income, a summary of movements in consolidated accumulated deficit and a consolidated statement of financial position for the Closed Group.
| 2015 | 2014 | ||
|---|---|---|---|
| A$m | A$m | ||
| i) Condensed consolidated income statement |
|||
| Proft before income tax1 102.6 Income tax expense (44.2) Proft after tax 58.4 1 2014 amount includes an after tax non-cash impairment charge of A$59.1 million (2015: nil) against the parent entity’s investment in subsidiaries which are not part of the Closed ii) Consolidated statement of comprehensive income Proft after tax 58.4 Other comprehensive income: Items that may be reclassifed to proft or loss |
36.9 (28.5) 8.4 Group. 8.4 |
||
| Changes in the fair value of derivatives held as cash fow hedges, net of tax | (1.0) | 2.6 | |
| Share of other comprehensive income from associates | 0.3 | – | |
| Items that will not be reclassifed to proft or loss | |||
| Actuarialgain on defned beneftplans,net of tax | 0.9 | 0.8 | |
| Other comprehensive income for theyear, net of tax | 0.2 | 3.4 | |
| Total comprehensive income for theyear | 58.6 | 11.8 | |
| iii) Summary of movements in consolidated accumulated defcit |
|||
| Balance at 1 July | (831.4) | (840.6) | |
| Proft for the year | 58.4 | 8.4 | |
| Actuarial gain on defned beneft plans, net of tax | 0.9 | 0.8 | |
| Dividendsprovided for orpaid | (53.2) | – | |
| Balance at 30 June | (825.3) | (831.4) |
113
| 2015 | 2014 | |
|---|---|---|
| A$m | A$m | |
| iv) Consolidated statement of fnancial position |
||
| Current assets | ||
| Cash and cash equivalents | 34.1 | 3.3 |
| Trade and other receivables | 144.7 | 225.8 |
| Inventory | 82.7 | 91.7 |
| Other fnancial assets | 0.4 | 1.8 |
| Assets held for sale | 1.8 | 3.7 |
| Total current assets | 263.7 | 326.3 |
| Non-current assets | ||
| Investments in associates and joint ventures Other fnancial assets Property, plant and equipment Retirement beneft assets Deferred tax assets Goodwill Other intangible assets Total non-current assets Total assets |
34.6 1,652.3 211.4 2.9 21.0 41.6 1.9 1,965.7 2,229.4 |
29.0 1,652.2 153.6 2.1 37.9 40.4 1.7 1,916.9 2,243.2 |
| Current liabilities | ||
| Trade and other payables | 72.5 | 95.2 |
| Borrowings | 0.5 | 0.5 |
| Other fnancial liabilities | 1.5 | 0.2 |
| Current tax liabilities | 2.9 | 17.3 |
| Provisions | 15.7 | 12.6 |
| Total current liabilities | 93.1 | 125.8 |
| Non-current liabilities | ||
| Payables | 3.0 | 2.2 |
| Borrowings | 1.6 | 12.6 |
| Deferred tax liabilities | 21.5 | 10.0 |
| Provisions | 3.4 | 2.7 |
| Total non-current liabilities | 29.5 | 27.5 |
| Total liabilities | 122.6 | 153.3 |
| Net assets | 2,106.8 | 2,089.9 |
| Equity | ||
| Contributed equity | 2,797.4 | 2,796.4 |
| Reserves | 134.7 | 124.9 |
| Accumulated defcit | (825.3) | (831.4) |
| Total equity | 2,106.8 | 2,089.9 |
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
For the year ended 30 June 2015
114
~~NOTE 28 – INTERESTS IN OTHER ENTITIES~~
a) Names of associates and joint ventures
| ~~NOTE 28 – INTERESTS IN OTHER ENTITIES~~ a) Names of associates and joint ventures |
|
|---|---|
| Country of Name Incorporation |
Ownership interest % |
| 2015 2014 |
|
| SA Recycling LLC US Rondout Iron & Metal Company LLC US Richmond Steel Recycling Limited Canada LMS Energy Pty Ltd (“LMS”) Australia Simstar Alloys Pty Limited Australia ITL Logistics GmbH Germany Sims Pacifc Metals Limited New Zealand Chiho-Tiande Group Limited (“CTG”) Cayman Islands |
50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 34 34 50 50 – 16 |
Other than LMS, the principal activity of all other associates or joint ventures is metal recycling. LMS is a specialist landfill gas and renewable energy company, which researches, installs and develops landfill gas extraction systems, renewable energy and power generation technologies.
b) Movements in carrying amounts of associates and joint ventures
| b) Movements in carrying amounts of associates and joint ventures |
|||
|---|---|---|---|
| Balance at 1 July Dilution loss on change in ownership interest of an associate Share of results (e) Accretion of deferred gain to equity accounted proft |
2015 A$m 314.9 – 3.1 2.8 |
2014 A$m 330.0 (0.2) (5.9) 2.6 |
|
| Reversal of impairment of investment in an associate (d) | 6.3 | – | |
| Disposal of an interest in an associate (d) | (74.5) | – | |
| Share of other comprehensive income of associates | 0.4 | 0.3 | |
| Dividends received | (13.1) | (7.5) | |
| Foreign exchange differences | 59.5 | (4.4) | |
| Balance at 30 June | 299.4 | 314.9 |
c) Impairments
Investments in associates and joint arrangements are annually tested for impairment and whenever the Group believes events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value amount may not be recoverable. An impairment loss is recognised for the amount by which the carrying amount of the investment exceeds its recoverable amount. The recoverable amount is the higher of an investment’s fair value less costs to sell and value in use. The impairment analysis includes performing sensitivity analysis of any reasonable possible changes which could give rise to any impairment. As at 30 June 2015, the sensitivity analysis performed on the Group’s SA Recycling joint venture indicated that if future cash flows were 10% lower, with all other assumptions being the same, then the carrying amount of the Group’s investment in SA Recycling would have been impaired by A$23 million (2014: A$17 million).
d) Investment in Chiho-Tiande
In February 2015, the Group disposed of its entire shareholding of approximately 167 million ordinary shares in CTG for cash proceeds of A$74.5 million. Accordingly, the Group reviewed the fair value of the investment and recognised a reversal of impairment of A$6.3 million which had been previously recognised in the year ended 30 June 2013. The Group recognised a gain on sale of A$1.0 million on the disposal.
Prior to disposal during the year ended 30 June 2015, the Group had accounted for CTG as an associate, although the Group held less than 20% equity interest. This was because the Group exercised significant influence through its nominated director’s active participation on CTG’s board of directors as well as a significant trading relationship with CTG.
115
e) Summarised financial information of associates and joint ventures
| e) Summarised fnancial information of associates and joint ventures |
||
|---|---|---|
| 2015 | 2014 | |
| Group’s share of assets and liabilities | A$m | A$m |
| Current assets | 79.5 | 142.9 |
| Non-current assets | 306.9 | 306.7 |
| Total assets | 386.4 | 449.6 |
| Current liabilities | 32.1 | 95.5 |
| Non-current liabilities | 62.5 | 82.2 |
| Total liabilities | 94.6 | 177.7 |
| Net assets | 291.8 | 271.9 |
| Group’s share of revenue, expenses and results Revenues Expenses Proft/(loss) before income tax Tax expense Proft/(loss) for theyear |
644.6 (637.3) 7.3 (4.2) 3.1 |
786.9 (788.1) (1.2) (4.7) (5.9) |
f) Contingent liabilities and capital commitments
The Group’s share of the contingent liabilities of joint arrangements is disclosed in note 22. The Group’s share of the capital commitments and other expenditure commitments of joint arrangements is disclosed in note 23.
g) Joint operations
The Group has a 50% interest in a joint operation called Sims Pacific Metals (“SPM”) which is engaged in metal recycling in New Zealand. The partners in the joint operation own the assets as tenants in common and are jointly and severally liable for the liabilities incurred by the joint operation. SPM is therefore classified as a joint operation and the Group recognises its direct right to the jointly held assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses as described in note 1(e)(iii). The Group’s interest in SPM is included in the statement of financial position under the classifications shown below:
| 2015 | 2014 | |
|---|---|---|
| A$m | A$m | |
| Current assets | 20.1 | 22.0 |
| Non-current assets | 7.5 | 8.0 |
| Total assets | 27.6 | 30.0 |
| Current liabilities | 23.3 | 25.3 |
| Non-current liabilities | 0.1 | 0.1 |
| Total liabilities | 23.4 | 25.4 |
| Net assets | 4.2 | 4.6 |
The Group’s share of SPM’s contingent liabilities and capital expenditure commitments is included in notes 22 and 23, respectively.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
For the year ended 30 June 2015
116
~~NOTE 29 – RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS~~
The Group’s related parties are its associates, joint ventures, pension schemes and key management personnel. Group contributions to pension schemes are disclosed in notes 7 and 18.
a) Key management personnel compensation
| a) Key management personnel compensation |
||
|---|---|---|
| 2015 | 2014 | |
| A$ | A$ | |
| Short-term benefts | 10,610,390 | 8,868,381 |
| Long-term benefts | 428,228 | 33,873 |
| Post-employment benefts | 338,740 | 275,143 |
| Termination benefts | 778,568 | 791,336 |
| Share-basedpayments | 4,281,298 | 3,261,293 |
| 16,437,224 | 13,230,026 |
b) Other transactions with key management personnel
Transactions entered into with any Directors or other key management personnel of the Group, including their personally related parties, are at normal commercial terms.
Mr Sato serves as the representative director for Mitsui & Co. As a result, his respective director remuneration is paid directly to Mitsui & Co. During the year ended 30 June 2015, the Group paid A$213,424 to Mitsui & Co. for director remuneration (2014: A$183,082).
c) Transactions with related parties
Related party transactions with the Group’s associates and joint ventures are as follows:
| 2015 | 2014 | ||
|---|---|---|---|
| A$ | A$ | ||
| Sales of goods and services | 39,701,152 | 98,137,460 | |
| Purchases of goods and services | 400,993,425 | 539,355,027 | |
| Management and other fees and commissions | 1,851,914 | 1,761,372 | |
| Interest income | 4,134,486 | 4,738,368 | |
| Outstanding balances from the Group’s associates and joint ventures are as follows: | |||
| 2015 | 2014 | ||
| A$ | A$ | ||
| Current receivables | 1,590,824 | 2,021,227 | |
| Current payables | 8,407,480 | 28,320,721 | |
| Loans to associate | – | 41,147,056 |
~~NOTE 30 – PARENT ENTITY FINANCIAL INFORMATION~~
The Company was incorporated on 20 June 2005. Under the terms of a scheme of arrangement entered into between Sims Metal Management Limited (formerly known as Sims Group Limited from 20 June 2005 to 21 November 2008) and Sims Group Australia Holdings Limited (“SGAHL”) (formerly known as Sims Group Limited prior to 20 June 2005) on 31 October 2005, the shareholders in SGAHL exchanged their shares in that entity for the shares in Sims Metal Management Limited.
As required by AASB 3 Business Combinations at the time, SGAHL was deemed to be the acquirer in this business combination. This transaction has therefore been accounted for as a reverse acquisition. Accordingly, the consolidated financial statements of Sims Metal Management Limited have been prepared as a continuation of the consolidated financial statements of SGAHL. SGAHL, as the deemed acquirer, has applied purchase accounting for its acquisition of Sims Metal Management Limited as at 31 October 2005.
117
a) Summary financial information
| a) Summary fnancial information |
||
|---|---|---|
| 2015 | 2014 | |
| A$m | A$m | |
| Statement of fnancial position: | ||
| Current assets | 94.0 | 87.8 |
| Total assets | 2,518.0 | 2,511.4 |
| Current liabilities | 68.4 | 79.6 |
| Total liabilities | 70.9 | 81.4 |
| Shareholders’ equity: | ||
| Contributed equity | 4,118.0 | 4,117.0 |
| Reserves | 136.7 | 126.2 |
| 2015 profts reserve | 5.6 | – |
| Accumulated defcit Total equity Proft/(loss) for theyear1 Total comprehensive loss |
(1,813.2) 2,447.1 58.8 58.8 |
(1,813.2) 2,430.0 (105.6) (105.6) |
1 The parent entity’s loss for 2014 included an after-tax non-cash impairment charge of A$105.0 million (2015: nil) against the parent entity’s investment in subsidiaries. In accordance with AASB 136, the parent entity’s investment in subsidiary balance was compared to the higher of its value in use or fair market value less costs to sell, and the comparison identified an impairment in the carrying value of the parent entity’s investment in subsidiaries. This non-cash charge is reversed on consolidation and does not impact the consolidated financial statements of the Group.
b) Guarantees entered into by the parent entity
The Company has not provided financial guarantees for which a liability has been recognised in the Company’s statement of financial position. The Company and certain of its subsidiaries have given guarantees in respect of the performance of contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business. The amount of these guarantees provided by the Company as at 30 June 2015 was A$57.1 million (2014: A$38.4 million).
On 31 March 2011, the Company provided a guarantee for its proportional share of a lease obligation of a joint venture of the Group. The Company’s proportional amount of the lease obligation remaining as at 30 June 2015 was A$11.7 million (2014: A$11.8 million).
The Company is party to a number of financing facilities and a Deed of Cross Guarantee (“DCG”) under which it guarantees the debts of a number of its subsidiaries. Under the terms of the DCG entered into in accordance with ASIC Class Order 98/1418 (as amended by Class Orders 98/2107, 00/0321, 01/1087, 02/0248 and 02/1017), the Company has undertaken to meet any shortfall that might arise on the winding up of controlled entities that are party to the deed, as described in note 27. The controlled entities are not in liquidation and there is no indication that they will be wound up.
c) Lease commitments
| c) Lease commitments |
||
|---|---|---|
| 2015 | 2014 | |
| A$m | A$m | |
| Not later than one year | 2.6 | 2.1 |
| Later than one year, but not later than fve years | 10.5 | 8.6 |
| Later than fveyears | 43.8 | 38.7 |
| Total lease commitments not recognised as liabilities | 56.9 | 49.4 |
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
For the year ended 30 June 2015
118
~~NOTE 31 – CASH FLOW INFORMATION~~
a) Cash and cash equivalents
Cash at the end of the financial year as shown in the consolidated statements of cash flows is reconciled to the related items in the consolidated statements of financial position as follows:
| 2015 | 2014 | |
|---|---|---|
| A$m | A$m | |
| Cash at bank and on hand | 316.0 | 57.2 |
| Cash and cash equivalents | 316.0 | 57.2 |
Cash and cash equivalents as at 30 June 2014 include A$1.2 million of cash held in escrow from the sale of a business for general warranties and representations. During the year ended 30 June 2015, A$0.7 million of cash previously held in escrow was transferred to the Group.
- b) Reconciliation of loss for the year to net cash inflows from operating activities
| b) Reconciliation of loss for the year to net cash infows from operating activities |
|||
|---|---|---|---|
| 2015 | 2014 | ||
| Proft/(loss) for the year Adjustments for non-cash items:1 Depreciation and amortisation Non-cash interest expense Dilution loss on change in ownership interest of an associate Unrealised (gain)/loss on held for trading derivatives Fair value gain on fnancial assets at fair value through proft or loss |
A$m 109.9 121.1 1.7 – (7.8) – |
A$m (88.9) 123.9 1.9 0.2 8.5 (0.6) |
|
| Impairment of goodwill and other intangibles | – | 28.5 | |
| Impairment of property, plant and equipment | 0.3 | 40.9 | |
| Reversal of impairment of investment in an associate | (6.3) | – | |
| Net (gain)/loss on disposal of property, plant and equipment | (3.0) | 2.4 | |
| Loss on sale of business divisions | – | 1.3 | |
| Gain on sale of associate | (1.0) | – | |
| Non-cash share-based payments expense | 13.4 | 11.8 | |
| Non-cash retirements beneft expense | 1.2 | 1.2 | |
| Imputed portion of interest income on convertible loan | (1.8) | (3.0) | |
| Equity accounted results net of dividends received | 7.2 | 10.8 | |
| Change in operating assets and liabilities, excluding the effects of acquisitions and disposals of entities: | |||
| Decrease in trade and other receivables | 92.4 | 14.8 | |
| Decrease in inventories | 126.6 | 41.7 | |
| Decrease/(increase) in prepayments | 2.2 | (0.7) | |
| (Decrease)/increase in provisions | (8.9) | 54.2 | |
| (Decrease)/increase in income taxes | (13.0) | 12.2 | |
| (Decrease)/increase in deferred taxes | (3.1) | 14.3 | |
| Decrease in trade and otherpayables | (133.0) | (65.3) | |
| Net cash infows from operatingactivities | 298.1 | 210.1 |
1 Includes both continuing and discontinued operations.
c) Non-cash investing and financing activities
During the year ended 30 June 2015, the Group did not acquire any equipment by means of finance leases (2014: A$2.8 million). Refer to note 12.
During the year ended 30 June 2015, the Group did not dispose of equipment for which the cash proceeds were not received until the subsequent financial year (2014: A$4.5 million).
119
~~NOTE 32 – ASSETS CLASSIFIED AS HELD FOR SALE~~
| 2015 | 2014 | |
|---|---|---|
| A$m | A$m | |
| Assets classifed as held for sale | ||
| Property, plant and equipment | 1.8 | 7.4 |
| 1.8 | 7.4 |
Assets held for sale at 30 June 2015 include excess property and equipment in Australia which the Group expects to sell within the next financial year. During the year ended 30 June 2015, the Group reclassified A$4.1 million of property, plant and equipment previously disclosed as held for sale into property, plant and equipment. The amount related to US assets which no longer qualified as held for sale as the Group is reconsidering its plans for these assets.
~~NOTE 33 – DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS~~
In June 2014, the Group announced restructuring initiatives designed to reset and streamline the Global E-Recycling business as part of a Group strategic review that was undertaken. The review determined certain loss making operations to be outside of the strategic long-term interests of the Group. These operations included a substantial portion of the E-Recycling business in the UK and the entire E-Recycling business in Canada. Legislation and market dynamics in the UK and Canada have resulted in these businesses being commercially unattractive to the Group going forward. During the year ended 30 June 2015, the Group undertook actions to close these operations, which was completed by June 2015.
The combined results of the discontinued operations included in the profit for the year are set out below. The comparative profit and cash flows from discontinued operations have been restated to include those operations classified as discontinued in the current financial year.
| 2015 A$m |
2014 A$m |
|
|---|---|---|
| Proft/(loss) for the year from discontinued operations | ||
| Revenue | 27.4 | 107.9 |
| Other income | 1.6 | 0.4 |
| Raw materials used and changes in inventories | (15.0) | (42.8) |
| Freight expense | (3.2) | (14.1) |
| Employee benefts expense | (3.7) | (36.3) |
| Depreciation and amortisation expense | (0.3) | (6.4) |
| Repairs and maintenance expense | (0.8) | (7.1) |
| Other expenses | (5.3) | (105.6) |
| Impairment of goodwill and other intangibles | – | (0.5) |
| Finance costs | (0.6) | – |
| Share of results of associates andjoint ventures | – | – |
| Proft/(loss) from discontinued operations before income tax1 | 0.1 | (104.5) |
| Income tax | – | (0.7) |
| Proft/(loss) for the year from discontinued operations | 0.1 | (105.2) |
| Cash fows from discontinued operations | ||
| Net cash (used in)/from operating activities | (3.7) | 8.1 |
| Net cash from investing activities | 1.6 | 2.4 |
| Net cash from/(used in)fnancingactivities | 1.5 | (10.5) |
| Net cash fow for the year | (0.6) | – |
1 2014 amount includes A$87.4 million of restructuring and other charges. 2015 amount includes A$6.7 million of reversals of restructuring and other charges.
Directors’ Declaration
120
In the directors’ opinion:
-
a) The financial statements and notes set out on pages 63 to 119 are in accordance with the Corporations Act 2001 , including:
-
i) complying with Accounting Standards, the Corporations Regulations 2001 and other mandatory professional reporting requirements, and
-
ii) giving a true and fair view of the consolidated entity’s financial position as at 30 June 2015 and of its performance for the financial year ended on that date, and
-
b) there are reasonable grounds to believe that Sims Metal Management Limited will be able to pay its debts as and when they become due and payable, and
-
c) at the date of this declaration, there are reasonable grounds to believe that the members of the Extended Closed Group identified in note 27 will be able to meet any obligations or liabilities to which they are, or may become, subject by virtue of the Deed of Cross Guarantee described in note 27.
Note 1(b) confirms that the financial statements also comply with International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board.
The directors have been given the declarations by the Group Chief Executive Officer and the Group Chief Financial Officer required by section 295A of the Corporations Act 2001 .
The declaration is made in accordance with a resolution of the directors.
==> picture [171 x 44] intentionally omitted <==
G N Brunsdon Chairperson Sydney 21 August 2015
==> picture [115 x 52] intentionally omitted <==
G Claro
Managing Director and Group CEO New York
- 20 August 2015
Independent Auditor’s Report
to the Members of Sims Metal Management Limited
121
Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu ABN 74 490 121 060
Grosvenor Place 225 George Street Sydney NSW 2000 PO Box N250 Grosvenor Place Sydney NSW 1220 Australia
DX 10307SSE Tel: +61 (0) 2 9322 7000 Fax: +61 (0) 2 9322 7001 www.deloitte.com.au
~~REPORT ON THE FINANCIAL REPORT~~
We have audited the accompanying financial report of Sims Metal Management Limited, which comprises the consolidated statement of financial position as at 30 June 2015, the consolidated income statement, the consolidated statement of comprehensive income, the consolidated statement of changes in equity and the consolidated statement of cash flows for the year ended on that date, notes comprising a summary of significant accounting policies and other explanatory information, and the directors’ declaration of the consolidated entity, comprising the company and the entities it controlled at the year’s end or from time to time during the financial year as set out on pages 63 to 120.
Directors’ Responsibility for the Financial Report
The directors of the company are responsible for the preparation of the financial report that gives a true and fair view in accordance with Australian Accounting Standards and the Corporations Act 2001 and for such internal control as the directors determine is necessary to enable the preparation of the financial report that gives a true and fair view and is free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error. In Note 1, the directors also state, in accordance with Accounting Standard AASB 101 Presentation of Financial Statements , that the consolidated financial statements comply with International Financial Reporting Standards.
Auditor’s Responsibility
Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the financial report based on our audit. We conducted our audit in accordance with Australian Auditing Standards. Those standards require that we comply with relevant ethical requirements relating to audit engagements and plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance whether the financial report is free from material misstatement.
An audit involves performing procedures to obtain audit evidence about the amounts and disclosures in the financial report. The procedures selected depend on the auditor’s judgement, including the assessment of the risks of material misstatement of the financial report, whether due to fraud or error. In making those risk assessments, the auditor considers internal control, relevant to the entity’s preparation of the financial report that gives a true and fair view, in order to design audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the entity’s internal control. An audit also includes evaluating the appropriateness of accounting policies used and the reasonableness of accounting estimates made by the directors, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial report.
We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our audit opinion.
Auditor’s Independence Declaration
In conducting our audit, we have complied with the independence requirements of the Corporations Act 2001 . We confirm that the independence declaration required by the Corporations Act 2001 , which has been given to the directors of would be in the same terms if given to the directors as at the time of this auditor’s report.
Liability limited by a scheme approved under Professional Standards Legislation. Member of Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu Limited
Independent Auditor’s Report
122
to the Members of Sims Metal Management Limited
Opinion
In our opinion:
-
a) the financial report of Sims Metal Management Limited is in accordance with the Corporations Act 2001 , including:
-
i) giving a true and fair view of the consolidated entity’s financial position as at 30 June 2015 and of its performance for the year ended on that date; and
-
ii) complying with Australian Accounting Standards and the Corporations Regulations 2001 ; and
-
b) the consolidated financial statements also comply with International Financial Reporting Standards as disclosed in Note 1.
~~REPORT ON THE REMUNERATION REPORT~~
We have audited the Remuneration Report included in pages 38 to 62 of the directors’ report for the year ended 30 June 2015. The directors of the company are responsible for the preparation and presentation of the Remuneration Report in accordance with section 300A of the Corporations Act 2001 . Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Remuneration Report, based on our audit conducted in accordance with Australian Auditing Standards.
Opinion
In our opinion the Remuneration Report of Sims Metal Management Limited for the year ended 30 June 2015, complies with section 300A of the Corporations Act 2001 .
DELOITTE TOUCHE TOHMATSU
Don Pasquariello Partner Chartered Accountants Sydney
21 August 2015
~~AUDITOR’S INDEPENDENCE DECLARATION~~
In accordance with section 307C of the Corporations Act 2001 , I am pleased to provide the following declaration of independence to the directors of Sims Metal Management Limited.
As lead audit partner for the audit of the financial statements of Sims Metal Management Limited for the financial year ended 30 June 2015, I declare that to the best of my knowledge and belief, there have been no contraventions of:
i) the auditor independence requirements of the Corporations Act 2001 in relation to the audit; and
ii) any applicable code of professional conduct in relation to the audit.
DELOITTE TOUCHE TOHMATSU
Don Pasquariello Partner Chartered Accountants Sydney 21 August 2015
Liability limited by a scheme approved under Professional Standards Legislation. Member of Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu Limited
123
Shareholder Information
as at 4 September 2015
| as at 4 September 2015 | as at 4 September 2015 | ||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| ~~EQUITY SECURITIES~~ | |||||
| Substantial Shareholders | |||||
| Number held | % | ||||
| Mitsui Raw Materials Developments Pty Limited | 36,151,787 | 17.7 | |||
| Perpetual Limited | 30,112,336 | 14.7 | |||
| Commonwealth Bank of Australia | 17,950,316 | 8.8 | |||
| FIL Limited | 12,457,894 | 6.1 | |||
| National Australia Bank Limited | 11,218,658 | 5.5 | |||
| T. Rowe Price Associates, | Inc | 10,289,365 | 5.0 | ||
| Cooper Investors PtyLimited | 10,301,426 | 5.0 | |||
| ~~ORDINARY~~ | ~~SHARES~~ | ||||
| Distribution of ordinary share holdings | |||||
| Range | Holders | ||||
| 1–1,000 | 7,061 | ||||
| 1,001–5,000 | 5,578 | ||||
| 5,001–10,000 | 758 | ||||
| 10,001–100,000 | 324 | ||||
| 100,001 and over | 41 | ||||
| Total | 13,762 | ||||
| There were 751 holders of | less than a marketable parcel of shares. | ||||
| Voting rights attaching to | the ordinary shares are, on a show of | hands, one vote for every person present as a member, proxy, attorney or | |||
| representative thereof and upon a poll each share shall have one vote. | |||||
| ~~PERFORMANCE RIGHTS/RESTRICTED SHARE UNITS~~ | |||||
| Distribution of performance rights/restricted share units holdings | |||||
| Range | Holders | ||||
| 1–1,000 | 2 | ||||
| 1,001–5,000 | 55 | ||||
| 5,001–10,000 | 17 | ||||
| 10,001–100,000 | 62 | ||||
| 100,001 and over | 9 | ||||
| Total | 145 | ||||
| A total of 4,671,333 performance rights and restricted share units to take up ordinary shares are issued under the Sims Metal Management | Limited | ||||
| Long Term Incentive Plan | and individual contracts, held by 145 | holders. | |||
| The performance rights and restricted share units do not have any voting rights. | |||||
| ~~OPTIONS~~ | |||||
| Distribution of options holdings |
| ~~OPTIONS~~ Distribution of options holdings |
|
|---|---|
| Range | Holders |
| 1–1,000 | 6 |
| 1,001–5,000 | 34 |
| 5,001–10,000 | 31 |
| 10,001–100,000 | 113 |
| 100,001 and over | 16 |
| Total | 200 |
A total of 9,022,943 options to take up ordinary shares or American Depositary Shares are issued under the Sims Metal Management Limited Long Term Incentive Plan, held by 200 holders.
The options do not have any voting rights.
Shareholder Information
as at 4 September 2015
124
~~TWENTY LARGEST SHAREHOLDERS~~
| No. of shares | % held | ||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 1. | MITSUI RAW MATERIALS DEVELOPMENT PTY LIMITED | Level 15, 120 Collins Street, Melbourne VIC, 3000 | 36,151,787 | 17.60 | |
| 2. | J P MORGAN NOMINEES AUSTRALIA LIMITED | Locked Bag 20049, Melbourne VIC, 3001 | 32,388,268 | 15.77 | |
| 3. | NATIONAL NOMINEES LIMITED | GPO Box 1406, Melbourne VIC, 3001 | 25,003,958 | 12.17 | |
| 4. | HSBC CUSTODY NOMINEES (AUSTRALIA) LIMITED | GPO Box 5302, Sydney NSW, 2001 | 23,228,941 | 11.31 | |
| 5. | CITICORP NOMINEES PTY LIMITED | GPO Box 764G, Melbourne VIC, 3001 | 14,413,629 | 7.02 | |
| 6. | RBC INVESTOR SERVICES AUSTRALIA NOMINEES PTY LIMITED | GPO Box 5430, Sydney NSW, 2001 | 10,978,845 | 5.35 | |
| 7. | BNP PARIBAS NOMS PTY LTD | PO Box R209, Royal Exchange NSW, 1225 | 9,310,402 | 4.53 | |
| 8. | CITICORP NOMINEES PTY LIMITED | GPO Box 764G, Melbourne VIC, 3001 | 8,715,004 | 4.24 | |
| 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. |
UBS NOMINEES PTY LTD RBC INVESTOR SERVICES AUSTRALIA NOMINEES PTY LIMITED HSBC CUSTODY NOMINEES (AUSTRALIA) LIMITED – A/C 2 BNP PARIBAS NOMINEES PTY LTD AUSTRALIAN FOUNDATION INVESTMENT COMPANY LIMITED RBC INVESTOR SERVICES AUSTRALIA NOMINEES PTY LIMITED HSBC CUSTODY NOMINEES (AUSTRALIA) LIMITED |
Level 16, Chifey Tower, 2 Chifey Square, Sydney NSW 2000 GPO Box 5430, Sydney NSW, 2001 GPO Box 5302, Sydney NSW, 2001 PO Box R209, Royal Exchange NSW, 1225 Level 21, 101 Collins Street, Melbourne VIC, 3000 GPO Box 5430, Sydney NSW, 2001 GPO Box 5302, Sydney NSW, 2001 |
2,203,059 1,482,647 1,451,693 1,022,022 900,000 892,797 879,123 |
1.07 0.72 0.71 0.50 0.44 0.43 0.43 |
|
| 16. | UBS NOMINEES PTY LTD | Level 16, Chifey Tower, 2 Chifey Square, Sydney NSW, 2000 | 802,990 | 0.39 | |
| 17. | MILTON CORPORATION LIMITED | PO Box R1836, Royal Exchange NSW, 1225 | 793,037 | 0.39 | |
| 18. | DJERRIWARRH INVESTMENTS LIMITED | Level 21, 101 Collins Street, Melbourne VIC, 3000 | 685,000 | 0.33 | |
| 19. | BNP PARIBAS NOMINEES PTY LTD | PO Box R209, Royal Exchange NSW, 1225 | 668,000 | 0.33 | |
| 20. | ARGO INVESTMENTS LIMITED | G P O Box 2692, Adelaide SA, 5001 | 415,772 | 0.20 | |
| 172,386,974 | 83.93 |
~~FIVE YEAR TREND SUMMARY~~
| ~~FIVE YEAR TREND SUMMARY~~ | ||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2014 | ||||||
| 2015 | Restated | 2013 | 2012 | 2011 | ||
| Continuing operations1 | ||||||
| Revenue1 | A$m | 6,328.1 | 7,036.4 | 7,203.1 | 9,042.3 | 8,852.9 |
| Proft/(loss) before interest and tax1 | A$m | 144.8 | 76.9 | (470.4) | (624.0) | 293.1 |
| Net fnance costs1 | A$m | (7.8) | (14.2) | (18.2) | (21.3) | (23.9) |
| Tax(expense)/beneft1 | A$m | (27.2) | (46.4) | 21.3 | 22.3 | (81.9) |
| Proft/(loss) from continuing operations1 | A$m | 109.8 | 16.3 | (467.3) | (623.0) | 187.3 |
| Proft/(loss)from discontinued operations1 | A$m | 0.1 | (105.2) | – | – | – |
| Proft/(loss)for theyear | 109.9 | (88.9) | (467.3) | (623.0) | 187.3 | |
| Net Cash Flows from Operations | A$m | 298.1 | 210.1 | 297.3 | 289.6 | 158.6 |
| Earnings/(loss) per share – diluted | A¢ | 53.3 | (43.5) | (228.6) | (302.7) | 90.9 |
| Dividends per Share | A¢ | 29.0 | 10.0 | 0.0 | 20.0 | 47.0 |
| Return on Shareholders’ Equity | % | 5.2 | -4.8 | -24.2 | -27.3 | 6.4 |
| Current Ratio (to 1) | 1.99 | 1.63 | 1.71 | 1.95 | 2.14 | |
| Gearing Ratio | % | n/a | n/a | 7.4 | 11.3 | 4.2 |
| Net Tangible Asset Backing per Share | A$ | 9.19 | 7.91 | 8.15 | 8.35 | 8.70 |
1 In 2015, E-Recycling operations in Canada and the UK were closed and are presented within discontinued operations in 2015 and 2014. Results for these operations prior to 2014 are included within continuing operations.
125
Corporate Directory
~~SECURITIES EXCHANGE LISTING~~
The Company’s ordinary shares are quoted on the Australian Securities Exchange under the ASX Code ‘SGM’.
The Company’s American Depositary Shares (ADSs) are quoted on the Over-the-Counter market under the symbol ‘SMSMY’. The Company has a Level I ADS program, and the depositary bank is The Bank of New York Mellon Corporation. ADSs trade under CUSIP number 829160100 with each ADS representing one (1) ordinary share. Further information and investor enquiries on ADSs may be directed to:
The Bank of New York Mellon P.O. Box 358516 Pittsburgh, PA 15252-8516 Telephone: (1 888) BNY ADRS Email: [email protected]
~~REGISTERED OFFICE~~
Sir Joseph Banks Corporate Park Suite 3, Level 2 32–34 Lord Street Botany NSW 2019 Telephone: (02) 8113 1600
~~HEAD OFFICE~~
16 West 22nd Street, 10th Floor New York, NY 10010 United States Telephone: (1 212) 604-0710
~~SHAREHOLDER ENQUIRIES~~
Enquiries from investors regarding their share holdings should be directed to:
Computershare Investor Services Pty Limited Level 4 60 Carrington Street Sydney NSW 2000
Postal Address: GPO Box 2975 Melbourne VIC 3001 Telephone: 1300 855 080 Facsimile: (03) 9473 2500
~~COMPANY SECRETARIES~~
Frank Moratti Scott Miller
For more up-to-the-minute investor relations, visit www.simsmm.com
==> picture [114 x 42] intentionally omitted <==
==> picture [206 x 842] intentionally omitted <==
simsmm.com